8-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): August 14, 2013

QEP Midstream Partners, LP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	001-36047	80-0918184
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Commission File Number)	(IRS Employer Identification No.)

1050 17^th Street, Suite 500

Denver, Colorado 80265

(Address of principal executive office) (Zip Code)

(303) 672-6900

(Registrants’ telephone number, including area code)

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

On August 14, 2013, QEP Midstream Partners, LP (the “Partnership”) completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 20,000,000 common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (“Common Units”), at $21.00 per Common Unit pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-188487), initially filed by the Partnership with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on May 9, 2013. The material provisions of the Offering are described in the prospectus, dated August 8, 2013, filed with the Commission on August 9, 2013, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act (the “Prospectus”).

Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement

The description of the Contribution Agreement (as defined below) provided below under Item 2.01 is incorporated in this Item 1.01 by reference. A copy of the Contribution Agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Omnibus Agreement

On August 14, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the Partnership entered into an Omnibus Agreement (the “Omnibus Agreement”) with its general partner, QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “General Partner”), QEP Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“QEP”), QEP Field Services Company, a Delaware corporation (“Field Services”), and QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership (the “Operating Company”), that addresses the following matters:

• the Partnership’s payment of an annual amount to QEP, initially in the amount of approximately $13.8 million, for providing certain general and administrative services by QEP and its affiliates, which annual amount includes a fixed annual fee of approximately $1.4 million for providing certain executive management services by certain officers of its general partner. The remaining portion of this annual amount reflects an estimate of the costs QEP and its affiliates expect to incur in providing the services;

• the Partnership’s obligation to reimburse QEP for any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by QEP in providing general and administrative services (which reimbursement is in addition to certain expenses of its general partner and its affiliates that are reimbursed under the Partnership’s partnership agreement), as well as any other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by QEP on the Partnership’s behalf; and

• an indemnity by QEP for certain environmental and other liabilities, and the Partnership’s obligation to indemnify QEP and its subsidiaries for events and conditions associated with the operation of the Partnership’s assets that occur after the closing of the Offering and for environmental liabilities related to the Partnership’s assets to the extent QEP is not required to indemnify it.

So long as QEP controls the Partnership’s general partner, the Omnibus Agreement will remain in full force and effect. If QEP ceases to control the Partnership’s general partner, either party may terminate the Omnibus Agreement, provided that the indemnification obligations will remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Omnibus Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Credit Facility

On August 14, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the Partnership entered into a $500 million senior secured revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders (the “Credit Facility”), which will mature on August 14, 2018. The Credit Facility will be available for working capital, capital expenditures, permitted acquisitions and general corporate purposes, including distributions, not in contravention of law or the loan documents. In addition, the Credit Facility includes a sublimit up to $50 million for letters of credit and a sublimit of up to $25 million for swing line loans. Substantially all of the Partnership’s assets, but excluding equity in and assets of certain joint ventures and unrestricted subsidiaries and other customary exclusions, are pledged as collateral under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility contains various covenants and restrictive provisions that limit the Partnership’s ability (as well as the ability of its subsidiaries) to, among other things:

• incur or guarantee additional debt;

• make distributions on or redeem or repurchase units;

• make certain investments and acquisitions;

• incur or permit to exist certain liens;

• enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

• merge or consolidate with another company;

• transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of assets or enter into certain sale-leaseback transactions; and

• enter into certain restrictive agreements or amend or terminate certain material agreements.

The Credit Facility also requires compliance with certain financial covenants as follows:

• a consolidated interest coverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) of not less than 2.5 to 1.0;

• prior to the Partnership’s issuance of certain unsecured notes, a consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) of not more than 5.0 to 1.0; which requirement to maintain a certain consolidated leverage ratio is subject to a provision for increases to 5.5 to 1.0 in connection with certain future acquisitions and (ii) from and after the Partnership’s issuance of certain unsecured notes, a consolidated leverage ratio of not more than 5.5 to 1.0; and

• from and after the Partnership’s issuance of certain unsecured notes, a consolidated senior secured leverage ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) of not more than 3.5 to 1.0.

In addition, the Credit Facility contains events of default customary for transactions of this nature, including, but not limited to (i) events of default resulting from the Partnership’s failure or the failure of its subsidiaries to comply with covenants and financial ratios, (ii) the occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the credit agreement), (iii) the institution of insolvency or similar proceedings against the Partnership, its material subsidiaries or its general partner, (iv) the occurrence of a default under any other indebtedness over a certain threshold of the Partnership or its subsidiaries and (v) any one or more collateral documents ceasing to create a valid and perfected lien on collateral (as defined in the credit agreement) having in aggregate a fair market value equal to or greater than 5% of consolidated net tangible assets (as defined in the credit agreement). Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, subject to the terms and conditions of the credit agreement, the lenders may declare any outstanding principal of the Credit Facility debt, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to be immediately due and payable and may exercise the other remedies set forth or referred to in the credit agreement and the other loan documents.

Loans under the Credit Facility will bear interest at the Partnership’s option at a variable rate per annum equal to either:

• a Base Rate, which will be the highest of (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate in effect on such day, (ii) the federal funds rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, and (iii) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%, in each case, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.50% based on the Partnership’s consolidated leverage ratio; or

• LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.50% based on the Partnership’s consolidated leverage ratio.

The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Credit Facility, which is filed as Exhibit 10.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

On August 14, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the Partnership entered into a Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement (the “Contribution Agreement”) with Field Services, the General Partner and the Operating Company. Immediately prior to the closing of the Offering, the following transactions, among others, occurred pursuant to the Contribution Agreement:

• Field Services contributed to the General Partner, as a capital contribution, a limited liability company interest in the Operating Company with a value equal to 2% of the equity value of the Partnership at the closing of the Offering;

• The General Partner contributed to the Partnership, as a capital contribution, the limited liability company interest in the Operating Company in exchange for (a)

1,090,000 general partner units representing the continuation of an aggregate 2% general partner interest in the Partnership and (b) all the incentive distribution rights of the Partnership;

• Field Services contributed to the Partnership, as a capital contribution, its remaining limited liability company interests in the Operating Company in exchange for (a) 6,701,750 Common Units representing a 12.3% limited partner interest in the Partnership, and (b) 26,705,000 subordinated units representing limited partner interests (the “Subordinated Units”) representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership; and

• the public, through the underwriters, contributed $420,000,000 in cash (or $394,800,000, net of the underwriters’ discounts and commissions of $25,200,000) to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance of 20,000,000 Common Units.

These transfers and distributions were made in a series of steps outlined in the Contribution Agreement. The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Contribution Agreement, which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

The description in Item 2.01 above of the issuance of equity interests by the Partnership on August 14, 2013 to the General Partner and Field Services, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement, is incorporated in this Item 3.02 by reference. The foregoing transactions were undertaken in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act afforded by Section 4(2) thereof. The Partnership believes that exemptions other than the foregoing exemption may exist for these transactions.

Each of the Subordinated Units granted under the Contribution Agreement will convert into one Common Unit at the end of the subordination period and then will participate pro rata with the other Common Units in distributions of available cash. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of the Partnership’s Partnership Agreement (as defined below), the subordination period will extend until the first business day of any quarter beginning after September 30, 2016, that the Partnership meets the financial tests set forth in the Partnership Agreement, but may end sooner if the Partnership meets additional financial tests. The description of the subordination period contained in the section entitled “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions—Subordinated Units and Subordination Period” of the Prospectus is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 5.03 Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of QEP Midstream Partners, LP

On August 14, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Offering, the Agreement of Limited Partnership was amended and restated by the First Amended and Restated Agreement of

Limited Partnership of QEP Midstream Partners, LP (as amended and restated, the “Partnership Agreement”). A description of the Partnership Agreement is contained in the Prospectus in the section entitled “Our Partnership Agreement” and incorporated herein by reference.

The foregoing description is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Partnership Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(d) Exhibits

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of QEP Midstream Partners, LP dated August 14, 2013, by and between QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC and QEP Field Services Company.
10.1	Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013, by and among by and among QEP Midstream Partners, LP, QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, QEP Field Services Company and QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC.
10.2	Omnibus Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013, by and among QEP Midstream Partners, LP, QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, QEP Resources, Inc., QEP Field Services Company and QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC.
10.3	Credit Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, among QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, as the Borrower, QEP Midstream Partners, LP, as parent guarantor, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

	QEP Midstream Partners, LP
	By:	QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC,
		its general partner
Dated: August 16, 2013	By:	/s/ Charles B. Stanley
	Name:	Charles B. Stanley
	Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of QEP Midstream Partners, LP dated August 14, 2013, by and between QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC and QEP Field Services Company.
10.1	Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013, by and among by and among QEP Midstream Partners, LP, QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, QEP Field Services Company and QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC.
10.2	Omnibus Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013, by and among QEP Midstream Partners, LP, QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, QEP Resources, Inc., QEP Field Services Company and QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC.
10.3	Credit Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, among QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, as the Borrower, QEP Midstream Partners, LP, as parent guarantor, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

Execution Version

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

A Delaware Limited Partnership

Dated as of

August 14, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
Article I DEFINITIONS			1
Section 1.1	Definitions		1
Section 1.2	Construction		25
Article II ORGANIZATION			25
Section 2.1	Formation		25
Section 2.2	Name		26
Section 2.3	Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices		26
Section 2.4	Purpose and Business		26
Section 2.5	Powers		27
Section 2.6	Term		27
Section 2.7	Title to Partnership Assets		27
Article III RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS			27
Section 3.1	Limitation of Liability		27
Section 3.2	Management of Business		27
Section 3.3	Rights of Limited Partners		28
Article IV CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS			29
Section 4.1	Certificates		29
Section 4.2	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates		30
Section 4.3	Record Holders		30
Section 4.4	Transfer Generally		31
Section 4.5	Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests		31

Section 4.6	Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest	32
Section 4.7	Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights	33
Section 4.8	Restrictions on Transfers	33
Section 4.9	Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders	35
Section 4.10	Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders	36
Article V CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS		37
Section 5.1	Organizational Contributions	37
Section 5.2	Contributions by the General Partner	37
Section 5.3	Contributions by Limited Partner	38
Section 5.4	Interest and Withdrawal	38
Section 5.5	Capital Accounts	39
Section 5.6	Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests	42
Section 5.7	Conversion of Subordinated Units	43
Section 5.8	Limited Preemptive Right	43
Section 5.9	Splits and Combinations	44
Section 5.10	Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests	45
Section 5.11	Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights	45
Article VI ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS		47
Section 6.1	Allocations for Capital Account Purposes	47
Section 6.2	Allocations for Tax Purposes	56
Section 6.3	Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders	58
Section 6.4	Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus	58
Section 6.5	Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus	60

ii

Section 6.6	Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels	61
Section 6.7	Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units	61
Section 6.8	Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights	62
Section 6.9	Entity-Level Taxation	63
Article VII MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS		63
Section 7.1	Management	63
Section 7.2	Certificate of Limited Partnership	65
Section 7.3	Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority to Sell Assets of the Partnership Group	66
Section 7.4	Reimbursement of and Other Payments to the General Partner	66
Section 7.5	Outside Activities	67
Section 7.6	Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members	68
Section 7.7	Indemnification	69
Section 7.8	Liability of Indemnitees	71
Section 7.9	Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties	71
Section 7.10	Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and Other Indemnitees	74
Section 7.11	Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests	74
Section 7.12	Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates	74
Section 7.13	Reliance by Third Parties	79
Article VIII BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS		79
Section 8.1	Records and Accounting	79
Section 8.2	Fiscal Year	80
Section 8.3	Reports	80

iii

Article IX TAX MATTERS		80
Section 9.1	Tax Returns and Information	80
Section 9.2	Tax Elections	81
Section 9.3	Tax Controversies	81
Section 9.4	Withholding	81
Article X ADMISSION OF PARTNERS		81
Section 10.1	Admission of Limited Partners	81
Section 10.2	Admission of Successor General Partner	82
Section 10.3	Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership	83
Article XI WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS		83
Section 11.1	Withdrawal of the General Partner	83
Section 11.2	Removal of the General Partner	85
Section 11.3	Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner	85
Section 11.4	Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages	87
Section 11.5	Withdrawal of Limited Partners	87
Article XII DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION		87
Section 12.1	Dissolution	87
Section 12.2	Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution	88
Section 12.3	Liquidator	88
Section 12.4	Liquidation	89
Section 12.5	Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership	89
Section 12.6	Return of Contributions	90

iv

Section 12.7	Waiver of Partition	90
Section 12.8	Capital Account Restoration	90
Article XIII AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE		90
Section 13.1	Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner	90
Section 13.2	Amendment Procedures	91
Section 13.3	Amendment Requirements	92
Section 13.4	Special Meetings	93
Section 13.5	Notice of a Meeting	93
Section 13.6	Record Date	93
Section 13.7	Postponement and Adjournment	94
Section 13.8	Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting	94
Section 13.9	Quorum and Voting	94
Section 13.10	Conduct of a Meeting	95
Section 13.11	Action Without a Meeting	95
Section 13.12	Right to Vote and Related Matters	95
Article XIV MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION		96
Section 14.1	Authority	96
Section 14.2	Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion	96
Section 14.3	Approval by Limited Partners	98
Section 14.4	Certificate of Merger or Certificate of Conversion	99
Section 14.5	Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion	100
Article XV RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS		101
Section 15.1	Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests	101

v

Article XVI GENERAL PROVISIONS		102
Section 16.1	Addresses and Notices; Written Communications	102
Section 16.2	Further Action	103
Section 16.3	Binding Effect	103
Section 16.4	Integration	103
Section 16.5	Creditors	103
Section 16.6	Waiver	103
Section 16.7	Third-Party Beneficiaries	103
Section 16.8	Counterparts	104
Section 16.9	Applicable Law; Forum; Venue and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury	104
Section 16.10	Invalidity of Provisions	105
Section 16.11	Consent of Partners	105
Section 16.12	Facsimile and Email Signatures	105
Section 16.13	Interpretation	105

vi

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP dated as of August 14, 2013, is entered into by and between QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, and QEP Field Services Company, a Delaware corporation, as the Organizational Limited Partner, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

“Acquisition” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing, over the long-term, the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months.

“Additional Book Basis” means the portion of any remaining Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:

(a) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event; and

(b) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided, that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).

“Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “Excess Additional Book Basis”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period. With respect to a Disposed of Adjusted Property, the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items shall be the amount of Additional Book Basis taken into account in computing gain or loss from the disposition of such Disposed of Adjusted Property.

“Adjusted Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each taxable period of the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the taxable period in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

“Adjusted Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period, (a) Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period less (b) (i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to such period and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period, and plus (c) (i) the amount of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to such period, (ii) the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above and (iii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries

2

that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of “Operating Surplus.”

“Adjusted Property” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(a).

“Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.

“Agreed Allocation” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate in the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).

“Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property or asset at the time of contribution and in the case of an Adjusted Property, the fair market value of such Adjusted Property on the date of the revaluation event as described in Section 5.5(d), in both cases as determined by the General Partner. The General Partner shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each Contributed Property.

“Agreement” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of QEP Midstream Partners, LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Associate” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest, (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

3

“Available Cash” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:

(a) the sum of:

(i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter; and

(ii) if the General Partner so determines, all or any portion of additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter; less

(b) the amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to:

(i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter;

(ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject; or

(iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters;

provided, however, that the General Partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to subclause (iii) above if the effect of such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; provided further, that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Available Cash” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the General Partner, its board of directors or board of managers, if the General Partner is a corporation or limited liability company, or the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of the General Partner, if the General Partner is a limited partnership, as applicable.

4

“Book Basis Derivative Items” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).

“Book-Down Event” means an event that triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

“Book-Tax Disparity” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

“Book-Up Event” means an event that triggers a positive adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

“Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of Colorado shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.

“Capital Contribution” means (a) any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting discounts or commissions) or (b) current distributions that a Partner is entitled to receive but otherwise waives.

“Capital Improvement” means (a) the construction of new capital assets by a Group Member, (b) the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets by a Group Member or (c) a capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary in which a Group Member has, or after such capital contribution will have, directly or indirectly, an equity interest, to fund such Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the construction of new, or the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing, capital assets by such Person, in each case if and to the extent such construction, replacement, improvement or expansion is made to increase, over the long-term, the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such construction, replacement, improvement, expansion or capital contribution. For purposes of this definition, “long-term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months.

5

“Capital Surplus” means Available Cash distributed by the Partnership in excess of Operating Surplus, as described in Section 6.3(a).

“Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such property and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination; provided that the Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.5(d) to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

“Cause” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.

“Certificate” means a certificate, in such form (including global form if permitted by applicable rules and regulations of The Depository Trust Company and its permitted successors and assigns) as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more classes of Partnership Interests. The initial form of certificate approved by the General Partner for Common Units is attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement.

“Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 7.2, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Citizenship Eligible Holder” means a Limited Partner whose nationality, citizenship or other related status the General Partner determines, upon receipt of an Eligibility Certificate or other requested information, does not or would not create under any federal, state or local law or regulation to which a Group Member is subject, a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property, including any governmental permit, endorsement or other authorization, in which a Group Member has an interest.

“Claim” (as used in Section 7.12(g)) has the meaning given such term in Section 7.12(g).

“Closing Date” means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the IPO Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the IPO Underwriting Agreement.

“Closing Price” for any day, with respect to Limited Partner Interests of a particular class, means the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the last closing bid and ask prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests of such class are

6

not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the average of the high bid and low ask prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by such other system then in use, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and ask prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the General Partner.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

“Combined Interest” has the meaning given such term in Section 11.3(a).

“Commences Commercial Service” means the date upon which a Capital Improvement is first put into or commences commercial service by a Group Member following completion of construction, replacement, improvement or expansion and testing, as applicable.

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Unit” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not include a Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

“Common Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i).

“Conflicts Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors composed of two or more directors, each of whom (a) is not an officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) is not an officer, director or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner (other than Group Members), (c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the General Partner or its Affiliates or the Partnership Group other than (i) Common Units and (ii) awards that are granted to such director in his or her capacity as a director under any long-term incentive plan, equity compensation plan or similar plan implemented by the General Partner or the Partnership and (d) is determined by the Board of Directors to be independent under the independence standards for directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading (or if no such National Securities Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange).

“Construction Debt” means debt incurred to fund (a) all or a portion of a Capital Improvement, (b) interest payments (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements) and related fees on other Construction Debt or (c) distributions (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on Construction Equity.

7

“Construction Equity” means equity issued to fund (a) all or a portion of a Capital Improvement, (b) interest payments (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements) and related fees on Construction Debt or (c) distributions (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on other Construction Equity. Construction Equity does not include equity issued in the Initial Public Offering.

“Construction Period” means the period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence a Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the date that the Group Member abandons or disposes of such Capital Improvement.

“Contributed Property” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property or other asset shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

“Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, among the Partnership, the General Partner, the Operating Company and QEP Field Services, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the Common Unit Arrearages with respect to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.5 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

“Curative Allocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).

“Current Market Price” means, as of any date for any class of Limited Partner Interests, the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.

“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

“Departing General Partner” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2.

8

“Derivative Partnership Interests” means any options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, tracking, profit and phantom interests and other derivative securities relating to, convertible into or exchangeable for Partnership Interests.

“Disposed of Adjusted Property” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B).

“Economic Risk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

“Eligibility Certificate” means a certificate the General Partner may request a Limited Partner to execute as to such Limited Partner’s (or such Limited Partner’s beneficial owners’) federal income tax status or nationality, citizenship or other related status for the purpose of determining whether such Limited Partner is an Ineligible Holder.

“Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.9.

“Event of Withdrawal” has the meaning given such term in Section 11.1(a).

“Excess Additional Book Basis” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Additional Book Basis Derivative Items.”

“Excess Distribution” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

“Excess Distribution Unit” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

“Expansion Capital Expenditures” means cash expenditures for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements) and related fees paid during the Construction Period on Construction Debt. Where cash expenditures are made in part for Expansion Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.

“FERC” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or any successor to the powers thereof.

“Final Subordinated Units” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(d)(x)(A).

“First Liquidation Target Amount” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).

“First Target Distribution” means $0.2875 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 2013, it means the product of $0.2875 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.

9

“Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis” means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period, a basis that includes (a) the weighted average number of Outstanding Units during such period plus (b) all Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests (i) that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or for which Units are issuable, in each case that are senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (ii) whose conversion, exercise or exchange price, if any, is less than the Current Market Price on the date of such calculation, (iii) that may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange and (iv) that were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for which the calculation is being made; provided, however, that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis when calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended or Subordinated Units are entitled to convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, such Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests shall be deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period; provided further, that if consideration will be paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (x) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (y) the number of Units that such consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.

“General Partner” means QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

“General Partner Interest” means the equity interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it), which is evidenced by General Partner Units, and includes any and all rights, powers and benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

“General Partner Unit” means a fractional part of the General Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the General Partner Interest. A General Partner Unit shall not constitute a “Unit” for any purpose under this Agreement.

“Gross Liability Value” means, with respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i), the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arm’s-length transaction.

10

“Group” means two or more Persons that, with or through any of their respective Affiliates or Associates, have any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power over or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.

“Group Member” means a member of the Partnership Group.

“Group Member Agreement” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, in each case, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Hedge Contract” means any exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar, option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of reducing the exposure of a Group Member to fluctuations in interest rates, the price of hydrocarbons, basis differentials or currency exchange rates in their operations or financing activities and not for speculative purposes.

“Holder” means any of the following:

(a) the General Partner who is the Record Holder of Registrable Securities;

(b) any Affiliate of the General Partner who is the Record Holder of Registrable Securities (other than natural persons who are Affiliates of the General Partner by virtue of being officers, directors or employees of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates);

(c) any Person who has been the General Partner within the prior two years and who is the Record Holder of Registrable Securities;

(d) any Person who has been an Affiliate of the General Partner within the prior two years and who is the Record Holder of Registrable Securities (other than natural persons who were Affiliates of the General Partner by virtue of being officers, directors or employees of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates); and

(e) a transferee and current Record Holder of Registrable Securities to whom the transferor of such Registrable Securities, who was a Holder at the time of such transfer, assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and provides its name and address to the Partnership promptly upon such transfer.

“IDR Reset Common Units” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(a).

11

“IDR Reset Election” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(a).

“Incentive Distribution Right” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights in this Agreement (and no other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of a Partnership Interest).

“Incentive Distributions” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii) and 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v).

“Incremental Income Taxes” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.9.

“Indemnified Persons” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.12(g).

“Indemnitee” means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of (i) any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or (ii) any Affiliate of any Group Member, the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner as a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent fiduciary or trustee of another Person owing a fiduciary duty to any Group Member; provided that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, and (f) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement because such Person’s status, service or relationship exposes such Person to potential claims, demands, suits or proceedings relating to the Partnership Group’s business and affairs.

“Ineligible Holder” means a Limited Partner who is not a Citizenship Eligible Holder or a Rate Eligible Holder.

“Initial Common Units” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Public Offering.

“Initial Limited Partners” means QEP Field Services (with respect to its Limited Partner Interest as the Organizational Limited Partner and the Common Units and Subordinated Units received by it pursuant to Section 5.3(a)), the General Partner (with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights received by it pursuant to Section 5.2(a)) and the IPO Underwriters upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units as described in Section 5.3(b) in connection with the Initial Public Offering.

“Initial Public Offering” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public (including the offer and sale of Common Units pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option), as described in the IPO Registration Statement.

“Initial Unit Price” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Common Units were first offered to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the IPO Prospectus or (b) with

12

respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

“Interim Capital Transactions” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account or for a deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) issuances of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the IPO Underwriters in the Initial Public Offering) to anyone other than the Partnership Group; (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements; and (d) capital contributions received by a Group Member.

“IPO Prospectus” means the final prospectus relating to the Initial Public Offering dated August 8, 2013 and filed by the Partnership with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Securities Act on August 9, 2013.

“IPO Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-188487), as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Public Offering.

“IPO Underwriter” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the IPO Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

“IPO Underwriting Agreement” means that certain Underwriting Agreement dated as of August 8, 2013 among the IPO Underwriters, QEP Field Services, the Partnership, the General Partner and the Operating Company providing for the purchase of Common Units by the IPO Underwriters.

“Liability” means any liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise.

“Limited Partner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership; provided, however, that when the term “Limited Partner” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of any Incentive Distribution Right (solely with respect to its Incentive Distribution Rights and not with respect to any other Limited Partner Interest held by such Person) except as may otherwise be required by law.

13

“Limited Partner Interest” means an equity interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests or a combination thereof (but excluding Derivative Partnership Interests), and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that when the term “Limited Partner” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of any Incentive Distribution Right except as may otherwise be required by law.

“Liquidation Date” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (d) of the third sentence of Section 12.1, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

“Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected pursuant to Section 12.3 to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

“lower tier partnership” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(D).

“Maintenance Capital Expenditure” means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the construction of new capital assets or the replacement, improvement or expansion of existing capital assets) by a Group Member made to maintain, over the long term, the operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group. For purposes of this definition, “long term” generally refers to a period of not less than twelve months. Where capital expenditures are made in part for Maintenance Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation of such capital expenditures between Maintenance Capital Expenditures and capital expenditures made for other purposes.

“Merger Agreement” has the meaning given such term in Section 14.1.

“Minimum Quarterly Distribution” means $0.2500 per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 2013, it means the product of $0.2500 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.

“National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act (or any successor to such Section).

“Net Agreed Value” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property or other asset reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property or other asset is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the

14

time such property is distributed, reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution, in either case as determined and required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code.

“Net Income” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, however, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).

“Net Loss” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, however, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).

“Net Positive Adjustments” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.

“Net Termination Gain” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are (a) recognized by the Partnership (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided, however, that the items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

“Net Termination Loss” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) that are (a) recognized by the Partnership (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(b); provided, however, that the items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

15

“Nonrecourse Built-in Gain” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(b) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.

“Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

“Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

“Notice” means a written request from a Holder pursuant to Section 7.12 which shall (a) specify the Registrable Securities intended to be registered, offered and sold by such Holder, (b) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Registrable Securities, and (c) contain the undertaking of such Holder to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required or appropriate in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements and obligations in connection with the registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 7.12.

“Notice of Election to Purchase” has the meaning given such term in Section 15.1(b).

“Omnibus Agreement” means that certain Omnibus Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, among QEP, QEP Field Services, the General Partner, the Partnership and the Operating Company, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Operating Company” means QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

“Operating Expenditures” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned), including taxes, compensation of employees, officers and directors of the General Partner, reimbursement of expenses of the General Partner and its Affiliates, debt service payments, Maintenance Capital Expenditures, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings and payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts, subject to the following:

(a) repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of “Operating Surplus” shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;

16

(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures;

(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, (ii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions, (iii) distributions to Partners, (iv) repurchases of Partnership Interests, other than repurchases of Partnership Interests by the Partnership to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans or reimbursement of expenses of the General Partner for purchases of Partnership Interests by the General Partner to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans, or (v) any other expenditures or payments using the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the IPO Registration Statement; and

(d) (i) amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of a Hedge Contract shall be amortized over the life of such Hedge Contract and (ii) payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its scheduled settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract.

“Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,

(a) the sum of (i) $40.0 million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, but excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions and the termination of Hedge Contracts (provided that cash receipts from the termination of a Hedge Contract prior to its scheduled settlement or termination date shall be included in Operating Surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract), (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings and (iv) the amount of cash distributions paid during the Construction Period (including incremental Incentive Distributions) on Construction Equity, less

(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, (ii) the amount of cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) established by the General Partner to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures, and (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred, or repaid within such 12-month period with the proceeds of additional Working Capital Borrowings; provided, however, that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.

17

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Operating Surplus” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner or to such other person selecting such counsel or obtaining such opinion.

“Option Closing Date” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the IPO Underwriters upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

“Organizational Limited Partner” means QEP Field Services in its capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

“Outstanding” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however, that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class, all Partnership Interests owned by or for the benefit of such Person or Group shall not be entitled to be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this Agreement or the Delaware Act); provided further, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than the Partnership), (ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (i), provided that, upon or prior to such acquisition, the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, or (iii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership with the prior approval of the Board of Directors.

“Over-Allotment Option” means the over-allotment option granted to the IPO Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the IPO Underwriting Agreement.

“Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

“Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

“Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

18

“Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

“Partnership” means QEP Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

“Partnership Group” means, collectively, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.

“Partnership Interest” means any equity interest, including any class or series of equity interest, in the Partnership, which shall include any Limited Partner Interests and the General Partner Interest but shall exclude any Derivative Partnership Interests.

“Partnership Minimum Gain” means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

“Partnership Register” means a register maintained on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner, or, if the General Partner so determines, by the Transfer Agent as part of the Transfer Agent’s books and transfer records, with respect to each class of Partnership Interests in which all Record Holders and transfers of such class of Partnership Interests are registered or otherwise recorded.

“Per Unit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.

“Percentage Interest” means, as of any date of determination, (a) as to the General Partner with respect to General Partner Units and as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, as the case may be, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of General Partner Units held by the General Partner or the number of Units held by such Unitholder, as the case may be, by (B) the total number of Outstanding Units and General Partner Units, and (b) as to the holders of other Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as a part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall at all times be zero.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“Plan of Conversion” has the meaning given such term in Section 14.1.

“Pro Rata” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder, and (d) when used with respect to Holders who have requested to include Registrable Securities in a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 7.12(a) or 7.12(b), apportioned among all such Holders in accordance with the relative number of Registrable Securities held by each such holder and included in the Notice relating to such request.

19

“Purchase Date” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.

“QEP” means QEP Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“QEP Field Services” means QEP Field Services Company, a Delaware corporation.

“Quarter” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the fiscal quarter of the Partnership which includes the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.

“Rate Eligible Holder” means a Limited Partner subject to United States federal income taxation on the income generated by the Partnership. A Limited Partner that is an entity not subject to United States federal income taxation on the income generated by the Partnership shall be deemed a Rate Eligible Holder so long as all of the entity’s beneficial owners are subject to such taxation.

“Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

“Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to receive notice of, or entitled to exercise rights in respect of, any lawful action of Limited Partners (including voting) or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

“Record Holder” means (a) with respect to any class of Partnership Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Person in whose name a Partnership Interest of such class is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the Partnership’s close of business on a particular Business Day or (b) with respect to other classes of Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the Partnership’s close of business on a particular Business Day.

“Redeemable Interests” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.10.

“Registrable Security” means any Partnership Interest other than the General Partner Interest and General Partner Units; provided, however, that any Registrable Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security: (a) at the time a Registration Statement covering such Registrable Security is declared effective by the Commission or otherwise becomes effective under the

20

Securities Act, and such Registrable Security has been sold or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement; (b) at the time such Registrable Security may be disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor or similar rule or regulation under the Securities Act); (c) when such Registrable Security is held by a Group Member; and (d) at the time such Registrable Security has been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 7.12 of this Agreement have not been assigned to the transferee of such securities.

“Registration Statement” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.12(a).

“Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means, as of the end of any taxable period, (a) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the excess of (i) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units as of the end of such period over (ii) the sum of those Partners’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period, (b) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the excess of (i) the Net Positive Adjustments of the General Partner as of the end of such period over (ii) the sum of the General Partner’s Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to the General Partner Units for each prior taxable period, and (c) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (i) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period over (ii) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.

“Required Allocations” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(v), Section 6.1(d)(vi), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).

“Reset MQD” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(e).

“Reset Notice” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(b).

“Retained Converted Subordinated Unit” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.5(c)(ii).

“Second Liquidation Target Amount” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).

“Second Target Distribution” means $0.3125 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 2013, it means the product of $0.3125 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

“Selling Holder” means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to the procedures in Section 7.12.

21

“Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (a) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bear to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time, (b) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the General Partner’s Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bear to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustment as of that time, and (c) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such taxable period bear to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.

“Special Approval” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee.

“Subordinated Unit” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “Subordinated Unit” does not include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.

“Subordination Period” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and expiring on the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) the first Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter beginning with the Quarter ending September 30, 2016 in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case in respect of such periods and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis, and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages.

(b) the first Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter beginning with the Quarter ending September 30, 2014 in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the

22

Subordinated Units, in each case with respect to the four-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case in respect of such period, and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for the four-Quarter period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and General Partner Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding during such period on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis, plus the corresponding Incentive Distributions and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages.

(c) the date on which the General Partner is removed in a manner described in Section 11.4.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof; or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

“Surviving Business Entity” has the meaning given such term in Section 14.2(b).

“Target Distributions” means, collectively, the First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.

“Third Target Distribution” means $0.3750 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 2013, it means the product of $0.3750 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.9.

“Trading Day” means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which the referenced Partnership Interests of any class are listed or admitted for trading is open for the transaction of business or, if such Partnership Interests are not listed or admitted for trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City are not legally required to be closed.

23

“Transaction Documents” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.1(b).

“transfer” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.4(a).

“Transfer Agent” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as may be appointed from time to time by the General Partner to act as registrar and transfer agent for any class of Partnership Interests in accordance with the Exchange Act and the rules of the National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed (if any); provided, however, that, if no such Person is appointed as registrar and transfer agent for any class of Partnership Interests, the General Partner shall act as registrar and transfer agent for such class of Partnership Interests.

“Treasury Regulation” means the United States Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.

“Underwritten Offering” means (a) an offering pursuant to a Registration Statement in which Partnership Interests are sold to an underwriter on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public (other than the Initial Public Offering), (b) an offering of Partnership Interests pursuant to a Registration Statement that is a “bought deal” with one or more investment banks, and (c) an “at-the-market” offering pursuant to a Registration Statement in which Partnership Interests are sold to the public through one or more investment banks or managers on a best efforts basis.

“Unit” means a Partnership Interest that is designated by the General Partner as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.

“Unit Majority” means (i) during the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a class, and at least a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a class, and (ii) after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.

“Unitholders” means the Record Holders of Units.

“Unpaid MQD” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).

“Unrealized Gain” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).

“Unrealized Loss” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).

24

“Unrecovered Initial Unit Price” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units.

“Unrestricted Person” means (a) each Indemnitee, (b) each Partner, (c) each Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, employee or agent of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner and (d) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Unrestricted Person” for purposes of this Agreement from time to time.

“U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.

“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” has the meaning given such term in Section 11.1(b).

“Working Capital Borrowings” means borrowings incurred pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement that are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to the Partners; provided that when such borrowings are incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from the date of such borrowings other than from additional Working Capital Borrowings.

Section 1.2 Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include,” “includes,” “including” or words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof,” “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The General Partner has the power to construe and interpret this Agreement and to act upon any such construction or interpretation. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any construction or interpretation of this Agreement by the General Partner and any action taken pursuant thereto and any determination made by the General Partner in good faith shall, in each case, be conclusive and binding on all Record Holders, each other Person or Group who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and all other Persons for all purposes.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation. The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner have previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act and hereby amend and restate the original Agreement of Limited Partnership of

25

QEP Midstream Partners, LP in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes.

Section 2.2 Name. The name of the Partnership shall be “QEP Midstream Partners, LP”. Subject to applicable law, the Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices. Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at 1050 17th Street, Suite 500, Denver, Colorado 80265, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be 1050 17th Street, Suite 500, Denver, Colorado 80265, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.4 Purpose and Business. The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided, however, that the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve the conduct by the Partnership of any business and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to so propose or approve, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity and the General Partner in determining whether to propose or approve the conduct by the Partnership of any business shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion.

26

Section 2.5 Powers. The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.6 Term. The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.

Section 2.7 Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees of the General Partner or its Affiliates, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees of the General Partner or its Affiliates shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership or one or more of the Partnership’s designated Affiliates as soon as reasonably practicable; provided further, that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to any successor General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability. The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.

Section 3.2 Management of Business. No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. No action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner,

27

agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall be deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) nor shall any such action affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Rights of Limited Partners.

(a) Each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand, and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) to obtain from the General Partner either (A) the Partnership’s most recent filings with the Commission on Form 10-K and any subsequent filings on Form 10-Q and 8-K or (B) if the Partnership is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the information specified in, and meeting the requirements of, Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (provided that the foregoing materials shall be deemed to be available to a Limited Partner in satisfaction of the requirements of this Section 3.3(a)(i) if posted on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website);

(ii) to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner; and

(iii) to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights to information granted the Limited Partners pursuant to Section 3.3(a) replace in their entirety any rights to information provided for in Section 17-305(a) of the Delaware Act and each of the Partners and each other Person or Group who acquires an interest in the Partnership hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have any rights as Partners or interest holders to receive any information either pursuant to Sections 17-305(a) of the Delaware Act or otherwise except for the information identified in Section 3.3(a).

(c) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.3).

28

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or Section 17-305 of the Delaware Act, each of the Record Holders, each other Person or Group who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person bound by this Agreement hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have rights to receive information from the Partnership or any Indemnitee for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against the Partnership or any Indemnitee relating to the affairs of the Partnership except pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to litigation commenced by such Person or Group.

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP

INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1 Certificates. Record Holders of Partnership Interests and, where appropriate, Derivative Partnership Interests, shall be recorded in the Partnership Register and ownership of such interests shall be evidenced by a physical certificate or book entry notation in the Partnership Register. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by physical certificates. Certificates, if any, shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer or any Senior Vice President or Vice President and the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or other authorized officer of the General Partner, and shall bear the legend set forth in Section 4.8(f). The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may, to the extent permitted by law, be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Partnership with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of its issuance. If a Transfer Agent has been appointed for a class of Partnership Interests, no Certificate for such class of Partnership Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however, that, if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c), if Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.7, the Record Holders of such Subordinated Units (a) if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by Certificates, may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing the Common Units into which such Record Holder’s Subordinated Units converted, or (b) if the Subordinated Units are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates evidencing the Common Units into which such Record Holders’ Subordinated Units converted. With respect to any Partnership Interests that are represented by physical certificates, the General Partner may determine that such Partnership Interests will no longer be represented by physical certificates and may, upon written notice to the holders of such Partnership Interests and subject to applicable law, take whatever actions it deems necessary or appropriate to cause such Partnership Interests to be registered in book entry or global form and may cause such physical certificates to be cancelled or deemed cancelled.

29

Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.

(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued, if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the General Partner or the Transfer Agent.

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period of time after such Limited Partner has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

Section 4.3 Record Holders.

The names and addresses of Unitholders as they appear in the Partnership Register shall be the official list of Record Holders of the Partnership Interests for all purposes. The Partnership and the General Partner shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person or Group, regardless of whether the Partnership or the General Partner shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation,

30

guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person or Group in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Person on the other, such representative Person shall be the Limited Partner with respect to such Partnership Interest upon becoming the Record Holder in accordance with Section 10.1(b) and have the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein, including Section 10.1(c).

Section 4.4 Transfer Generally.

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns all or any part of its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) to another Person and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest assigns all or a part of such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner as a result thereof, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, excluding a pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage but including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void, and the Partnership shall have no obligation to effect any such transfer or purported transfer.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or limit a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of the General Partner or any Limited Partner of any or all of such Person’s shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in the General Partner or such Limited Partner and the term “transfer” shall not include any such disposition.

Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.

(a) The General Partner shall maintain, or cause to be maintained by the Transfer Agent in whole or in part, the Partnership Register on behalf of the Partnership.

(b) The General Partner shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are duly endorsed and surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided, however, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited

31

Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of this Section 4.5(b), the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered. Upon the proper surrender of a Certificate, such transfer shall be recorded in the Partnership Register.

(c) Upon the receipt of proper transfer instructions from the Record Holder of uncertificated Partnership Interests, such transfer shall be recorded in the Partnership Register.

(d) Except as provided in Section 4.9, by acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests pursuant to a transfer in accordance with this Article IV, each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee, or agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person or Group) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the Partnership Register and such Person becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

(e) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.8, (iv) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or an amendment to this Agreement establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.

(f) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units and Common Units (whether issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or otherwise) to one or more Persons.

Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest.

(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to September 30, 2023, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into such other Person or the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person or (iii) is pursuant to a bona fide foreclosure by the lenders under any debt instrument with respect to which the General Partner is an obligor or guarantor.

32

(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after September 30, 2023, the General Partner may transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest owned by the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.2, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

Section 4.7 Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights. The General Partner or any other holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive Distribution Rights without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person.

Section 4.8 Restrictions on Transfers.

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(e), notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed). The Partnership may issue stop transfer instructions to any Transfer Agent in order to implement any restriction on transfer contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Interests if it receives an Opinion of Counsel that such restrictions are necessary to (i) avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) or (ii) preserve the uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided,

33

however, that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.

(c) The transfer of an IDR Reset Common Unit that was issued in connection with an IDR Reset Election pursuant to Section 5.11 shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.8(b) and 6.8(c).

(d) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit or a Common Unit resulting from the conversion of a Subordinated Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(b) and Section 6.7(c).

(e) Except for Section 4.9, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

(f) Each certificate or book entry evidencing Partnership Interests shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER (AS DEFINED IN THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT) WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). THE GENERAL PARTNER OF QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS SECURITY MAY BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON ITS TRANSFER PROVIDED IN THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS SECURITY TO THE SECRETARY OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE PARTNERSHIP. THE RESTRICTIONS

34

SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

Section 4.9 Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders.

(a) The General Partner may upon demand or on a regular basis require Limited Partners, and transferees of Limited Partner Interests in connection with a transfer, to execute an Eligibility Certificate or provide other information as is necessary for the General Partner to determine if any such Limited Partners or transferees are Ineligible Holders.

(b) If any Limited Partner (or its beneficial owners) fails to furnish to the General Partner within 30 days of its request an Eligibility Certificate and other information related thereto, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner or a transferee of a Limited Partner is an Ineligible Holder, the Limited Partner Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 or the General Partner may refuse to effect the transfer of the Limited Partner Interests to such transferee. In addition, the General Partner shall be substituted for any Limited Partner that is an Ineligible Holder as the Limited Partner in respect of the Ineligible Holder’s Limited Partner Interests.

(c) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Ineligible Holders, distribute the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Limited Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Ineligible Holders are cast, either for, against or abstaining as to the matter.

(d) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, an Ineligible Holder shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Ineligible Holder’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the Ineligible Holder of its Limited Partner Interest (representing the right to receive its share of such distribution in kind).

(e) At any time after an Ineligible Holder can and does certify that it no longer is an Ineligible Holder, it may, upon application to the General Partner, request that with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Ineligible Holder not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.10, such Ineligible Holder upon approval of the General Partner, shall no longer constitute an Ineligible Holder and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of such Limited Partner Interests.

(f) If at any time a transferee of a Partnership Interest fails to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or any other information requested by the General Partner pursuant to Section 4.9 within 30 days of such request, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that such transferee is an Ineligible Holder, the Partnership may, unless the transferee establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such transferee is not an Ineligible Holder, prohibit and void the transfer, including by placing a stop order with the Transfer Agent.

35

Section 4.10 Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders.

(a) If at any time a Limited Partner fails to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or any other information requested within the period of time specified in Section 4.9, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate or other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is an Ineligible Holder, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner is not an Ineligible Holder or has transferred his Limited Partner Interests to a Person who is not an Ineligible Holder and who furnishes an Eligibility Certificate to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Limited Partner Interest of such Limited Partner as follows:

(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30^th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner, at such Limited Partner’s last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon redemption of the Redeemable Interests (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests) and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which such Limited Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.

(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 5% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

(iii) The Limited Partner or such Limited Partner’s duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable Interests at the place of payment specified in the notice of redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner or transferee at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank).

(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.

36

(b) The provisions of this Section 4.10 shall also be applicable to Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner as nominee, agent or representative of a Person determined to be an Ineligible Holder.

(c) Nothing in this Section 4.10 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement and the transferor provides notice of such transfer to the General Partner. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such transferee is not an Ineligible Holder. If the transferee fails to make such certification within 30 days after the request and, in any event, before the redemption date, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 5.1 Organizational Contributions. In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Delaware Act, the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $20.00, for a 2% General Partner Interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership, and the Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $980.00 for a 98% Limited Partner Interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership. As of the Closing Date, pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, the interest of the Organizational Limited Partner shall be partially redeemed in exchange for the return of the initial Capital Contribution of the Organizational Limited Partner, and 98% of any interest or other profit that may have resulted from the investment or other use of such initial Capital Contributions shall be allocated and distributed to the Organizational Limited Partner, and the balance thereof shall be allocated and distributed to the General Partner. The Organizational Limited Partner hereby continues as a limited partner of the Partnership with respect to the portion of its interest that is not partially redeemed.

Section 5.2 Contributions by the General Partner.

(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, the General Partner contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the OLLC Interest (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) in exchange for (i) 1,090,000 General Partner Units representing a continuation of its 2% General Partner Interest, subject to all of the rights, privileges and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement, and (ii) the Incentive Distribution Rights.

(b) Upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership (other than (i) the Common Units issued pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, (ii) the Common Units and Subordinated Units issued pursuant to Section 5.3(a), (iii) any Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11 and (iv) any Common Units issued upon the conversion of any Partnership Interests), the General Partner may, in order to maintain the Percentage Interest with respect to its General Partner Interest, make additional Capital Contributions in an amount

37

equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the Percentage Interest with respect to the General Partner Interests immediately prior to the issuance of such additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership by (y) 100% less the Percentage Interest with respect to the General Partner Interest immediately prior to the issuance of such additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership times (B) the gross amount contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners (before deduction of underwriters’ discounts and commissions) in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. Any Capital Contribution pursuant to this Section 5.2(b) shall be evidenced by the issuance to the General Partner of a proportionate number of additional General Partner Units.

Section 5.3 Contributions by Limited Partner.

(a) On the Closing Date, pursuant to and as described in the Contribution Agreement, QEP Field Services contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, QEP Field Services’ remaining limited liability company interests in the Operating Company in exchange for (i) 6,701,750 Common Units, (ii) 26,705,000 Subordinated Units and (iii) a right to receive $272.2 million, a portion of which is reimbursement for certain capital expenditures incurred with respect to the assets of QEP Field Services pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-4(d).

(b) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the IPO Underwriting Agreement, each IPO Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each IPO Underwriter, all as set forth in the IPO Underwriting Agreement.

(c) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment Option, (i) each IPO Underwriter shall contribute cash to the Partnership on the Option Closing Date in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each IPO Underwriter, all as set forth in the IPO Underwriting Agreement and (ii) the Partnership shall redeem an equivalent number of Common Units from QEP Field Services, all as set forth in the Contribution Agreement.

(d) No Limited Partner Interests will be issued or issuable as of or at the Closing Date other than (i) the Common Units and Subordinated Units issued to QEP Field Services pursuant to subparagraph (a) of this Section 5.3, (ii) the Common Units issued to the IPO Underwriters as described in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 5.3 and (iii) the Incentive Distribution Rights issued to the General Partner.

(e) No Limited Partner will be required to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal.

No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners agree within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.

38

Section 5.5 Capital Accounts.

(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee, agent or representative in any case in which such nominee, agent or representative has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The initial Capital Account balance attributable to the General Partner Units issued to the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.2(a) shall equal the Net Agreed Value of the Capital Contribution specified in Section 5.2(a), which shall be deemed to equal the product of the number of General Partner Units issued to the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.2(a) and the Initial Unit Price for each Common Unit (and the initial Capital Account balance attributable to each General Partner Unit shall equal the Initial Unit Price for each Common Unit). The initial Capital Account balance attributable to the Common Units and Subordinated Units issued to QEP Field Services pursuant to Section 5.3(a) shall equal the respective Net Agreed Value of the Capital Contributions specified in Section 5.3(a), which shall be deemed to equal the product of the number of Common Units and Subordinated Units issued to QEP Field Services pursuant to Section 5.3(a) and the Initial Unit Price for each such Common Unit and Subordinated Unit (and the initial Capital Account balance attributable to each such Common Unit and Subordinated Unit shall equal its Initial Unit Price). The initial Capital Account balance attributable to the Common Units issued to the IPO Underwriters pursuant to Section 5.3(b) shall equal the product of the number of Common Units so issued to the IPO Underwriters and the Initial Unit Price for each Common Unit (and the initial Capital Account balance attributable to each such Common Unit shall equal its Initial Unit Price). The initial Capital Account attributable to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall be zero. Thereafter, the Capital Account shall in respect of each such Partnership Interest be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided that:

39

(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement or governing, organizational or similar documents) of all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is classified as a partnership or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner, member or other equity holder.

(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.

(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

(v) An item of income of the Partnership that is described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) of the Code (with respect to items of income that are exempt from tax) shall be treated as an item of income for the purpose of this Section 5.5(b), and an item of expense of the Partnership that is described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (with respect to expenditures that are not deductible and not chargeable to capital accounts), shall be treated as an item of deduction for the purpose of this Section 5.5(b).

(vi) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)(2) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment.

(vii) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i) shall be adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership).

40

(c) (i) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.5(c), a transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a Pro Rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.

(ii) Subject to Section 6.7(c), immediately prior to the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will (A) first, be allocated to the Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any converted Subordinated Units (“Retained Converted Subordinated Units”) or Subordinated Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.

(iii) Subject to Section 6.8(b), immediately prior to the transfer of an IDR Reset Common Unit by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(iii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its IDR Reset Common Units will (A) first, be allocated to the IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any IDR Reset Common Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred IDR Reset Common Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) above.

(d) (i) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, or the conversion of the General Partner’s Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Capital Account of each Partner and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property for an amount

41

equal to its fair market value immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated among the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1(c) and Section 6.1(d) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated; provided, however, that in the event of an issuance of Partnership Interests for a de minimis amount of cash or Contributed Property, or in the event of an issuance of a de minimis amount of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the General Partner may determine that such adjustments are unnecessary for the proper administration of the Partnership. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may adopt. In making its determination of the fair market values of individual properties, the General Partner may determine that it is appropriate to first determine an aggregate value for the Partnership, derived from the current trading price of the Common Units, and taking fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time, and then allocate such aggregate value among the individual properties of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines appropriate).

(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated among the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1(c) and Section 6.1(d) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution that is not made pursuant to Section 12.4 or in the case of a deemed distribution, be determined in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.

Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests.

(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests (other than General Partner Interests (except for General Partner Interests issued pursuant to Section 5.2(b) or Section 5.11)) and Derivative Partnership Interests for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.

(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the

42

General Partner, including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Interest; (v) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by Certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Interest.

(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, (iv) reflecting admission of such additional Limited Partners in the Partnership Register as the Record Holders of such Limited Partner Interests and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership Interests and Derivative Partnership Interests. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.

Section 5.7 Conversion of Subordinated Units.

(a) All of the Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the expiration of the Subordination Period.

(b) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.7.

Section 5.8 Limited Preemptive Right. Except as provided in this Section 5.8 and in Section 5.2 and Section 5.11 or as otherwise provided in a separate agreement by the Partnership, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. Other than with respect to the issuance of Partnership Interests in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.

43

Section 5.9 Splits and Combinations.

(a) Subject to Section 5.9(e), Section 6.6 and Section 6.9 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units (including the number of Subordinated Units that may convert prior to the end of the Subordination Period) are proportionately adjusted.

(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice (or such shorter periods as required by applicable law). The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c) If a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests, or a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests, is made as contemplated in this Section 5.9, the number of General Partner Units constituting the Percentage Interest of the General Partner (as determined immediately prior to the Record Date for such distribution, subdivision or combination) shall be appropriately adjusted as of the date of payment of such distribution, or the effective date of such subdivision or combination, to maintain such Percentage Interest of the General Partner.

(d) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates or uncertificated Partnership Interests to the Record Holders of Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of Partnership Interests represented by Certificates, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(e) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 5.6(d) and this Section 5.9(e), each fractional Unit and shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (with fractional Units equal to or greater than a 0.5 Unit being rounded to the next higher Unit).

44

Section 5.10 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests. All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Sections 17-303, 17-607 or 17-804 of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.11 Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.11, the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when there are no Subordinated Units Outstanding and the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(v) for each of the four most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “IDR Reset Election”) to cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share of a number of Common Units (the “IDR Reset Common Units”) derived by dividing (i) the average amount of the aggregate cash distributions made by the Partnership for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units”). If at the time of any IDR Reset Election the General Partner and its Affiliates are not the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights, then the IDR Reset Election shall be subject to the prior written concurrence of the General Partner that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. Upon the issuance of such IDR Reset Common Units, the Partnership will issue to the General Partner that number of additional General Partner Units equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner immediately prior to such issuance by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less such Percentage Interest by (y) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units, and the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership in exchange for such issuance. The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in this Section 5.11 shall cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will become entitled to receive General Partner Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders other than as set forth in this Section 5.11(a), at the time specified in Section 5.11(c) unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.11(d).

(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.11(a), the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a

45

written notice (the “Reset Notice”) to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.

(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will be entitled to receive the related additional General Partner Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice; provided, however, that the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of such IDR Reset Common Units by the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.

(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the IDR Reset Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.11 on or before the 30^th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).

(e) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.11 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal the average cash distribution amount per Common Unit for the two Quarters immediately prior to the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice (the “Reset MQD”), (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.

(f) Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11(a), the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights will (i) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units in an amount equal to the product of (A) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount

46

for an Initial Common Unit, and (ii) second, as to any remaining balance in such Capital Account, will be retained by the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights. If there is not sufficient capital associated with the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit to the IDR Reset Common Units in accordance with clause (i) of this Section 5.11(f), the IDR Reset Common Units shall be subject to Sections 6.1(d)(x)(B) and (C).

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes. For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) for each taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners as provided herein below.

(a) Net Income. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Income for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) and the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) or Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods and the Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D) or Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) for the current and all previous taxable periods; and

(ii) The balance, if any, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, and (y) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest.

(b) Net Loss. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Loss for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided, however, that Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(ii) The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

47

(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period shall be allocated in the manner set forth in this Section 6.1(c). All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.

(i) Except as provided in Section 6.1(c)(iv), Net Termination Gain (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain) shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) or Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) and the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods and the Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D) or Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) for all previous taxable periods;

(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or Section 6.4(b)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “Unpaid MQD”) and (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;

(C) Third, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit into a Common Unit, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, determined for the taxable period (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) with respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;

(D) Fourth, 100% to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD, (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, and (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv) and Section 6.4(b)(ii) (the sum of subclauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) is hereinafter referred to as the “First Liquidation Target Amount”);

48

(E) Fifth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (E), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) and Section 6.4(b)(iii) (the sum of subclauses (1) and (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “Second Liquidation Target Amount”);

(F) Sixth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (F), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(vi) and Section 6.4(b)(iv); and

(G) Finally, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (G).

(ii) Except as otherwise provided by Section 6.1(c)(iii), Net Termination Loss (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Loss) shall be allocated:

(A) First, if Subordinated Units remain Outstanding, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

49

(C) Third, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(D) Fourth, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(iii) Any Net Termination Loss deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d) prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(B) The balance, if any, to the General Partner.

(iv) If a Net Termination Loss has been allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii), subsequent Net Termination Gain deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d) prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:

(A) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) is equal to the aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B);

(B) Second, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iv)(B) is equal to the aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A); and

(C) The balance, if any, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(c)(i).

(d) Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:

(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

50

(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii) with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Priority Allocations.

(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) with respect to a Unit exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed with respect to another Unit (the amount of the excess, an “Excess Distribution” and the Unit with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an “Excess Distribution Unit”), then (1) there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each Unitholder receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the amount of the Excess Distribution; and (2) the General Partner shall be allocated gross income and gain with respect to each such Excess Distribution in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (aa) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs by (y) a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs, times (bb) the total amount allocated in clause (1) above with respect to such Excess Distribution.

(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), all or any portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated (1) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable period; and (2) to the General Partner an

51

amount equal to the product of (aa) an amount equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest by (y) the sum of 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest times (bb) the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1) above.

(iv) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership gross income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible; provided, however, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement.

(v) Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, however, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if Section 6.1(d)(iv) and this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not in this Agreement.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners Pro Rata. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, the Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners Pro Rata.

52

(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

(x) Economic Uniformity; Changes in Law.

(A) At the election of the General Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be allocated 100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units that are Outstanding as of the termination of the Subordination Period (“Final Subordinated Units”) in the proportion of the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such Final Subordinated Units to an amount that after taking into account the other allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction to be made with respect to such taxable period will equal the product of (1) the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (2) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity will be available to the General Partner only if the method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final Subordinated Units.

(B) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.11, after the application of Section 6.1(d)(x)(A), any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to such IDR Reset Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11 equaling the product of (1) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (2) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

(C) With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR Reset Common Unit is transferred to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such

53

taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit until such transferor Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit to an amount equal to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.

(D) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (1) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (2) make special allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss; and (3) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(D) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.

(xi) Curative Allocation.

(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to (1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. In exercising its discretion under this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A), the General Partner may take into account future Required Allocations that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Required Allocations previously made. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners. Further, allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall be deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) hereof to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required Allocations.

54

(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.

(xii) Corrective and Other Allocations. In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:

(A) Except as provided in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B), in the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof), the General Partner shall allocate such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to (1) the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner to the same extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to them pursuant to Section 5.5(d) and (2) all Unitholders, Pro Rata, to the extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to any Unitholders pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

(B) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof or an allocation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof) as a result of a sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset that is an Adjusted Property (“Disposed of Adjusted Property”), the General Partner shall allocate (1) additional items of gross income and gain (aa) away from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and (bb) to the Unitholders, or (2) additional items of deduction and loss (aa) away from the Unitholders and (bb) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B) shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.

(C) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account balances of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.

55

(D) For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under this Agreement. In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii). Without limiting the foregoing, if an Adjusted Property is contributed by the Partnership to another entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (the “lower tier partnership”), the General Partner may make allocations similar to those described in Sections 6.1(d)(xii)(A) through (C) to the extent the General Partner determines such allocations are necessary to account for the Partnership’s allocable share of income, gain, loss and deduction of the lower tier partnership that relate to the contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is consistent with the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).

(xiii) Special Curative Allocation in Event of Liquidation Prior to End of Subordination Period. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than the Required Allocations), if the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, then items of income, gain, loss and deduction for the taxable period that includes the Liquidation Date (and, if necessary, items arising in previous taxable periods to the extent the General Partner determines such items may be so allocated), shall be specially allocated among the Partners in the manner determined appropriate by the General Partner so as to cause, to the maximum extent possible, the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have been if all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had been made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable.

Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code, as determined to be appropriate by the General Partner (taking into account the General Partner’s discretion under Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)); provided, however, that the General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) in all events.

(c) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the

56

unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.

(d) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.

(e) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership; provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

(f) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction, for federal income tax purposes, shall be determined for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however, that such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the last Option Closing Date or the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option occurs shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month; provided further, that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income or loss realized and recognized other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the month in which such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

57

(g) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee, agent or representative in any case in which such nominee, agent or representative has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the General Partner.

Section 6.3 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.

(a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on September 30, 2013, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. The Record Date for the first distribution of Available Cash shall not be prior to the final closing of the Over-Allotment Option. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be “Capital Surplus.” All distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be made subject to Sections 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware Act and other applicable law, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a) (but subject to the last sentence of Section 6.3(a)), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all cash received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.

(c) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners, as determined appropriate under the circumstances by the General Partner.

(d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

Section 6.4 Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.

(a) During the Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required in respect of additional Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 5.6(b):

58

(i) First, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;

(iii) Third, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(v) Fifth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(vi) Sixth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vi), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(vii) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vii);

provided, however, that if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vii).

59

(b) After the Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 5.6(b):

(i) First, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iii) Third, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iii), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iv), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(v) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v);

provided, however, that if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(v).

Section 6.5 Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus. Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until a hypothetical holder of a Common Unit acquired on the Closing Date has received with respect to such Common Unit distributions of Available Cash that are deemed to be Capital Surplus in an aggregate amount equal to the Initial Unit Price. Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (B) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has

60

been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4.

Section 6.6 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.

(a) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, Target Distributions, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 5.9. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distributions shall be adjusted proportionately downward to equal the product obtained by multiplying the otherwise applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, as the case may be, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units immediately after giving effect to such distribution and the denominator of which is the Unrecovered Initial Unit Price of the Common Units immediately prior to giving effect to such distribution.

(b) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.11 and Section 6.9.

Section 6.7 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units.

(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however, that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder with respect to such converted Subordinated Units, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x)(A), 6.7(b) and 6.7(c).

(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a Subordinated Unit or a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted Subordinated Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii)(B).

61

(c) The holder of a Common Unit that has resulted from the conversion of a Subordinated Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 or Section 11.4 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1 (if the Common Units are represented by Certificates) and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common Units, including the application of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.7(b); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.

Section 6.8 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (1) shall (x) possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Article III and Article VII and (y) have a Capital Account as a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5 and all other provisions related thereto and (2) shall not (x) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, (y) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in Sections 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii), Sections 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v), and Section 12.4 or (z) be allocated items of income, gain, loss or deduction other than as specified in this Article VI; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not preclude the Partnership from making any other payments or distributions in connection with other actions permitted by this Agreement.

(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer an IDR Reset Common Unit (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(iii).

(c) A holder of an IDR Reset Common Unit that was issued in connection with an IDR Reset Election pursuant to Section 5.11 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1 (if the Common Units are evidenced by Certificates) or evidence of the issuance of uncertificated Common Units, and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of such holder, until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such IDR Reset Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.8(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such IDR Reset Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such IDR Reset Common Units, including the application of Section 5.5(c)(iii), Section 6.1(d)(x)(B), or Section 6.1(d)(x)(C); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.

62

Section 6.9 Entity-Level Taxation. If legislation is enacted or the official interpretation of existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority, which after giving effect to such enactment or modification, results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state or local or non-U.S. income or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate of such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the General Partner may, at its option, reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions by the amount of income or withholding taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or interpretation (the “Incremental Income Taxes”), or any portion thereof selected by the General Partner, in the manner provided in this Section 6.9. If the General Partner elects to reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions for any Quarter with respect to all or a portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount”) for all (or the relevant portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes; provided that any difference between such estimate and the actual liability for Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof) for such Quarter may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.9 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) Available Cash with respect to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, Available Cash with respect to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1 Management.

(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:

(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for Partnership Interests, and the incurring of any other obligations;

63

(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3 and Article XIV);

(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; subject to Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of obligations of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;

(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if the same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);

(vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;

(vii) the selection and dismissal of officers, employees, agents, internal and outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group, the Partners and Indemnitees;

(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other Persons (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;

(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under Section 4.8);

64

(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Interests, or the issuance of Derivative Partnership Interests;

(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s participation in the management of any Group Member; and

(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each Record Holder and each other Person who may acquire an interest in a Partnership Interest or that is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement and the Group Member Agreement of each other Group Member, the IPO Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the IPO Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the IPO Registration Statement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) (in each case other than this Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or restatements thereof entered into after the date such Person becomes bound by the provisions of this Agreement); (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own or on behalf of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the IPO Registration Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests or are otherwise bound by this Agreement; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

Section 7.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership. The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership

65

or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.3(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

Section 7.3 Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority to Sell Assets of the Partnership Group.

Except as provided in Article XII and Article XIV, the General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination or sale of ownership interests of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries) without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority; provided, however, that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.

Section 7.4 Reimbursement of and Other Payments to the General Partner.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4, and elsewhere in this Agreement or in the Omnibus Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as a general partner or managing member of any Group Member.

(b) Except as may be otherwise provided in the Omnibus Agreement, the General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the General Partner, to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General Partner or its Affiliates in connection with managing and operating the Partnership Group’s business and affairs (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7. Any allocation of expenses to the Partnership by the General Partner in a manner consistent with its or its Affiliates’ past business practices and, in the case of assets regulated by FERC, then applicable accounting and allocation methodologies generally permitted by FERC for rate-making purposes (or in the absence of then-applicable methodologies permitted by FERC, consistent with the most-recently applicable methodologies), shall be deemed to have been made in good faith.

(c) The General Partner, without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including

66

plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates in each case for the benefit of officers, employees, consultants and directors of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any officers, employees, consultants and directors pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates from the Partnership to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6.

(d) The General Partner and its Affiliates may charge any member of the Partnership Group a management fee to the extent necessary to allow the Partnership Group to reduce the amount of any state franchise or income tax or any tax based upon the revenues or gross margin of any member of the Partnership Group if the tax benefit produced by the payment of such management fee or fees exceeds the amount of such fee or fees.

(e) The General Partner and its Affiliates may enter into an agreement to provide services to any Group Member for a fee or otherwise than for cost.

Section 7.5 Outside Activities.

(a) The General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the IPO Registration Statement, (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt securities or equity interests in any Group Member, (C) the guarantee of, and mortgage, pledge, or encumbrance of any or all of its assets in connection with, any indebtedness of any Group Member or (D) the performance of its obligations under the Omnibus Agreement.

(b) Subject to the terms of Section 7.5(c), each Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other

67

business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to any Group Member or any Partner. None of any Group Member, any Limited Partner or any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any Unrestricted Person.

(c) Subject to the terms of Section 7.5(a) and Section 7.5(b), but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the engaging in competitive activities by any Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the General Partner or any other Unrestricted Person for the Unrestricted Persons (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership and (iii) the Unrestricted Persons shall have no obligation hereunder or as a result of any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to present business opportunities to the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner). No Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership, shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any other Person bound by this Agreement for breach of any duty by reason of the fact that such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership, provided that such Unrestricted Person does not engage in such business or activity using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Unrestricted Person.

(d) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units and/or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “Affiliates” when used in this Section 7.5(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.

Section 7.6 Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members.

(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine; provided, however, that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged

68

or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arm’s-length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees), all as determined by the General Partner. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and Section 7.6(b), the term “Group Member” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member.

(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the General Partner. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).

(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty, expressed or implied, of the General Partner or its Affiliates to the Partnership or the Limited Partners existing hereunder, or existing at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partner’s Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all Partners or (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units.

Section 7.7 Indemnification.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in such capacity on behalf of or for the benefit of the Partnership; provided, that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless pursuant to this Agreement if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee engaged in intentional fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided, further, no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be available to any Affiliate of the General Partner (other than a Group Member), or to any other Indemnitee, with respect to any such Affiliate’s obligations pursuant to the Transaction Documents (other than this Agreement). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

69

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 7.7.

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the IPO Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

70

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, or any other Persons who are bound by this Agreement for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee engaged in intentional fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner or to any other Persons who are bound by this Agreement for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.9 Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved

71

by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval or Unitholder approval of such resolution, and the General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval or Unitholder approval. Whenever the General Partner makes a determination to refer any potential conflict of interest to the Conflicts Committee for Special Approval, seek Unitholder approval or adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval or Unitholder approval, then the General Partner shall be entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, and the General Partner shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard or duty imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the General Partner in making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion. If Special Approval is sought, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if the Board of Directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above or that a director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of the Conflicts Committee, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Board of Directors acted in good faith. In any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging any action by the Conflicts Committee with respect to any matter referred to the Conflicts Committee for Special Approval by the General Partner, any determination by the Board of Directors that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above or any determination by the Board of Directors that a director satisfies the eligibility requirements to be a member of the Conflicts Committee, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming the presumption that the Conflicts Committee or the Board of Directors, as applicable, acted in good faith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the IPO Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any such duty.

(b) Whenever the General Partner or the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee), makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any Affiliate of the General Partner causes the General Partner to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, the Board of Directors or such committee or such Affiliates causing the General Partner to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different duties or

72

standards (including fiduciary duties or standards) imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. A determination or other action or inaction will conclusively be deemed to be in “good faith” for all purposes of this Agreement, if the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action subjectively believe that the determination or other action or inaction is not adverse to the best interests of the Partnership Group.

(c) Whenever the General Partner (including the Board of Directors or any committee thereof) makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action shall be permitted to do so in their sole and absolute discretion. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrase, “the General Partner at its option,” or some variation of that phrase, is used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be acting in its individual capacity.

(d) The General Partner’s organizational documents may provide that determinations to take or decline to take any action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity may or shall be determined by its members, if the General Partner is a limited liability company, stockholders, if the General Partner is a corporation, or the members or stockholders of the General Partner’s general partner, if the General Partner is a partnership.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be at its option.

(f) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.

73

(g) The Unitholders hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.

Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and Other Indemnitees.

(a) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner or such Indemnitee, respectively, reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership or any Group Member.

Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests; provided that, except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.10 or with approval of the Conflicts Committee, the General Partner may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.

Section 7.12 Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.

(a) Demand Registration. Upon receipt of a Notice from any Holder at any time after the 180^th day after the Closing Date, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable a registration statement under the Securities Act (each, a “Registration Statement”) providing for the resale of the Registrable Securities, which may, at the option of the Holder giving such Notice, be a Registration Statement that provides for the resale of the Registrable Securities from time to time pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Partnership shall not be required pursuant to this Section 7.12(a) to file more than one

74

Registration Statement in any twelve-month period nor to file more than three Registration Statements in the aggregate. The Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the initial filing of the Registration Statement and to remain effective and available for the resale of the Registrable Securities by the Selling Holders named therein until the earlier of (i) six months following such Registration Statement’s effective date and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold. In the event one or more Holders request in a Notice to dispose of a number of Registrable Securities that such Holder or Holders reasonably anticipates will result in gross proceeds of at least $30,000,000 in the aggregate pursuant to a Registration Statement in an Underwritten Offering, the Partnership shall retain underwriters that are reasonably acceptable to such Selling Holders in order to permit such Selling Holders to effect such disposition through an Underwritten Offering; provided, however, that the Partnership shall have the exclusive right to select the bookrunning managers. The Partnership and such Selling Holders shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form that is reasonably acceptable to the Partnership and take all reasonable actions as are requested by the managing underwriters to facilitate the Underwritten Offering and sale of Registrable Securities therein. No Holder may participate in the Underwritten Offering unless it agrees to sell its Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement on the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement and completes and delivers all necessary documents and information reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement. In the event that the managing underwriter of such Underwritten Offering advises the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in its opinion the inclusion of all or some Registrable Securities would adversely and materially affect the timing or success of the Underwritten Offering, the amount of Registrable Securities that each Selling Holder requested be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be reduced on a Pro Rata basis to the aggregate amount that the managing underwriter deems will not have such material and adverse effect. Any Holder may withdraw from such Underwritten Offering by notice to the Partnership and the managing underwriter; provided such notice is delivered prior to the launch of such Underwritten Offering.

(b) Piggyback Registration. At any time after the 180^th day after the Closing Date, if the Partnership shall propose to file a Registration Statement (other than pursuant to a demand made pursuant to Section 7.12(a)) for an offering of Partnership Interests for cash (other than an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan, an offering relating to a transaction on Form S-4 or an offering on any registration statement that does not permit secondary sales), the Partnership shall notify all Holders of such proposal at least five Business Days before the proposed filing date. The Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include such number of Registrable Securities held by any Holder in such Registration Statement as each Holder shall request in a Notice received by the Partnership within two Business Days of such Holder’s receipt of the notice from the Partnership. If the Registration Statement about which the Partnership gives notice under this Section 7.12(b) is for an Underwritten Offering, then any Holder’s ability to include its desired amount of Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement shall be conditioned on such Holder’s inclusion of all such Registrable Securities in the Underwritten Offering; provided that, in the event that the managing underwriter of such Underwritten Offering advises the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in its opinion the inclusion of all or some Registrable Securities would adversely and materially affect the timing or success of the Underwritten Offering, the amount of Registrable Securities that each Selling Holder requested be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be reduced on a Pro Rata basis

75

to the aggregate amount that the managing underwriter deems will not have such material and adverse effect. In connection with any such Underwritten Offering, the Partnership and the Selling Holders involved shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form that is reasonably acceptable to the Partnership and take all reasonable actions as are requested by the managing underwriters to facilitate the Underwritten Offering and sale of Registrable Securities therein. No Holder may participate in the Underwritten Offering unless it agrees to sells its Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement on the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement and completes and delivers all necessary documents and information reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement. Any Holder may withdraw from such Underwritten Offering by notice to the Partnership and the managing underwriter; provided such notice is delivered prior to the launch of such Underwritten Offering. The Partnership shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any Registration Statement or Underwritten Offering initiated by it under this Section 7.12(b) prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement or the pricing date of the Underwritten Offering, as applicable.

(c) Sale Procedures. In connection with its obligations under this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall:

(i) furnish to each Selling Holder (A) as far in advance as reasonably practicable before filing a Registration Statement or any supplement or amendment thereto, upon request, copies of reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed (including exhibits and each document incorporated by reference therein to the extent then required by the rules and regulations of the Commission), and provide each such Selling Holder the opportunity to object to any information pertaining to such Selling Holder and its plan of distribution that is contained therein and make the corrections reasonably requested by such Selling Holder with respect to such information prior to filing a Registration Statement or supplement or amendment thereto, and (B) such number of copies of such Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein and any supplements and amendments thereto as such Persons may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Partnership will not have any obligation to provide any document pursuant to clause (B) hereof that is available on the Commission’s website;

(ii) if applicable, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Selling Holders or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, the managing underwriter, shall reasonably request; provided, however, that the Partnership will not be required to qualify generally to transact business in any jurisdiction where it is not then required to so qualify or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(iii) promptly notify each Selling Holder and each underwriter, at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (A) the filing of a Registration Statement or any prospectus or prospectus supplement to be used in connection therewith, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective; and (B) any written comments from the Commission with respect to any Registration Statement or any document incorporated by reference therein and any written request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or any prospectus or prospectus supplement thereto;

76

(iv) immediately notify each Selling Holder and each underwriter, at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (A) the occurrence of any event or existence of any fact (but not a description of such event or fact) as a result of which the prospectus or prospectus supplement contained in a Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of the prospectus contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under which a statement is made); (B) the issuance or threat of issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; or (C) the receipt by the Partnership of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction. Following the provision of such notice, subject to Section 7.12(f), the Partnership agrees to, as promptly as practicable, amend or supplement the prospectus or prospectus supplement or take other appropriate action so that the prospectus or prospectus supplement does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and to take such other reasonable action as is necessary to remove a stop order, suspension, threat thereof or proceedings related thereto; and

(v) enter into customary agreements and take such other actions as are reasonably requested by the Selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities, including the provision of comfort letters and legal opinions as are customary in such securities offerings.

(d) Suspension. Each Selling Holder, upon receipt of notice from the Partnership of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 7.12(c)(iv), shall forthwith discontinue disposition of the Registrable Securities by means of a prospectus or prospectus supplement until such Selling Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by such subsection or until it is advised in writing by the Partnership that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings incorporated by reference in the prospectus.

(e) Expenses. Except as set forth in an underwriting agreement for the applicable Underwritten Offering or as otherwise agreed between a Selling Holder and the Partnership, all costs and expenses of a Registration Statement filed or an Underwritten Offering that includes Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 7.12 (other than underwriting discounts and commissions on Registrable Securities and fees and expenses of counsel and advisors to Selling Holders) shall be paid by the Partnership.

(f) Delay Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s compliance with its obligations in this Section 7.12 would be detrimental to the Partnership because such registration would (x) materially

77

interfere with a significant acquisition, reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) render the Partnership unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws, then the Partnership shall have the right to postpone compliance with such obligations for a period of not more than six months; provided, however, that such right may not be exercised more than twice in any 24-month period.

(g) Indemnification.

(i) In addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “Indemnified Persons”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(g) as a “claim” and in the plural as “claims”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus under which any Registrable Securities were registered or sold under the Securities Act, or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

(ii) Each Selling Holder shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership, the General Partner, the General Partner’s officers and directors and each Person who controls the Partnership or the General Partner (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Partnership to the Selling Holders, but only with respect to information regarding such Selling Holder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Holder expressly for inclusion in a Registration Statement, prospectus or free writing prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities held by such Selling Holder.

(iii) The provisions of this Section 7.12(g) shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that a Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 7.12(g) may have pursuant to law, equity, contract or otherwise.

78

(h) Specific Performance. Damages in the event of breach of Section 7.12 by a party hereto may be difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain, and it is therefore agreed that each party, in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, will have the right to seek an injunction or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction, enjoining any such breach, and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof, and each of the parties hereto hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses it may have on the ground of lack of jurisdiction or competence of the court to grant such an injunction or other equitable relief. The existence of this right will not preclude any such party from pursuing any other rights and remedies at law or in equity that such party may have.

Section 7.13 Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 8.1 Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.3(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the register of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device, provided that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership shall not be required to keep books maintained on a cash basis and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate cash-based measures, including Operating Surplus and Adjusted Operating Surplus, by making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

79

Section 8.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.

Section 8.3 Reports.

(a) Whether or not the Partnership is subject to the requirement to file reports with the Commission, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership (or such shorter period as required by the Commission), the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website) to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner, and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of the Commission or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

(b) Whether or not the Partnership is subject to the requirement to file reports with the Commission, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days after the close of each Quarter (or such shorter period as required by the Commission) except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website) to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of the Commission or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

Section 9.1 Tax Returns and Information. The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable period or year that it is required by law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to use a taxable period other than a year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the taxable period of the Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal, state and local income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable period shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable period ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

80

Section 9.2 Tax Elections.

(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(f) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.

Section 9.3 Tax Controversies. Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the “tax matters partner” (as defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

Section 9.4 Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code, or established under any foreign law. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 or Section 12.4(c) in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

Section 10.1 Admission of Limited Partners.

(a) Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner, QEP Field Services and the IPO Underwriters in connection with the Initial Public Offering as described in Article V, such Persons shall, by acceptance of such Partnership Interests, and upon becoming the Record Holders of such Partnership Interests, be admitted to the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them and be bound by this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Persons.

81

(b) By acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests transferred in accordance with Article IV or the acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger, consolidation or conversion pursuant to Article XIV, and except as provided in Section 4.9, each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee, agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person or Group, who shall be subject to Section 10.1(c) below) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when such Person becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or acquired, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) shall be deemed to represent that the transferee or acquirer has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) shall be deemed to make any consents, acknowledgements or waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited Partner without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and becoming the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is an Ineligible Holder shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.9.

(c) With respect to any Limited Partner that holds Units representing Limited Partner Interests for another Person’s account (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such Limited Partner shall, in exercising the rights of a Limited Partner in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, take all action as a Limited Partner by virtue of being the Record Holder of such Units at the direction of the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume such Limited Partner is so acting without further inquiry.

(d) The name and mailing address of each Record Holder shall be listed on the books of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable).

(e) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.1(b).

Section 10.2 Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective

82

immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6; provided, however, that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor is hereby authorized to and shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

Section 10.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership. To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Delaware Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “Event of Withdrawal”);

(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6;

(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A) through (C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or

83

(vi) (A) if the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) if the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) if the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) if the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise upon the termination of the General Partner.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, Eastern Time, on September 30, 2023 the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided, that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, Eastern Time, on September 30, 2023 the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal, a successor is not elected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1 unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

84

Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner. The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Common Units voting as a class and Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Subordinated Units (if any Subordinated Units are then Outstanding) voting as a class (including, in each case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.2. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.2, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner.

(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest and its or its Affiliates’ general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all of its or its Affiliates’ Incentive Distribution Rights (collectively, the “Combined Interest”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

85

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s withdrawal or removal, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such withdrawal or removal, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner, the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner Interest and other factors it may deem relevant.

(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and (y) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing

86

General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.

Section 11.4 Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal, (i) the Subordination Period will end and all Outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis; provided, however, that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 6.7(c), (ii) all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished and (iii) the General Partner will have the right to convert its General Partner Interest and its Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor in accordance with Section 11.3.

Section 11.5 Withdrawal of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however, that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 12.1 Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1, Section 11.2 or Section 12.2, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or 11.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.2;

(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;

(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or

(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.

87

Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution. Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and

(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement;

provided, however, that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner under the Delaware Act and (y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

Section 12.3 Liquidator. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner may elect to act as Liquidator or shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, if any, voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, if any, voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, if any, voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly

88

provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.3) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

Section 12.4 Liquidation. The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to satisfy liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable period of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).

Section 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership. Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

89

Section 12.6 Return of Contributions. The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

Section 12.7 Waiver of Partition. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 12.8 Capital Account Restoration. No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable year of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner. Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for federal income tax purposes;

(d) a change that the General Partner determines, (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners considered as a whole or any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests in any material respect (except as permitted by subsection (g) of this Section 13.1), (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.9 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the IPO Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

90

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests or Derivative Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 5.6;

(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion approved in accordance with Section 14.3;

(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4 or Section 7.1(a);

(k) a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to Section 14.3(d) or Section 14.3(e); or

(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any other Person bound by this Agreement, and, in declining to propose or approve an amendment to this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the General Partner in determining

91

whether to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion. An amendment to this Agreement shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and, except as otherwise provided by Section 13.1 or Section 13.3, the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage of Outstanding Units is required under this Agreement. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any amendments. The General Partner shall be deemed to have notified all Record Holders as required by this Section 13.2 if it has posted or made accessible such amendment through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website.

Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements.

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of (i) in the case of any provision of this Agreement other than Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, reducing such percentage or (ii) in the case of Section 11.2 or Section 13.4, increasing such percentages, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute (x) in the case of a reduction as described in subclause (a)(i) hereof, not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced, (y) in the case of an increase in the percentage in Section 11.2, not less than 90% of the Outstanding Units, or (z) in the case of an increase in the percentage in Section 13.4, not less than a majority of the Outstanding Units.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c) or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3, and without limitation of the General Partner’s authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement without the approval of any Partners as contemplated in Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(f), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership law of the state under whose laws the Partnership is organized.

92

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.

Section 13.4 Special Meetings. All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called and the class or classes of Units for which the meeting is proposed. No business may be brought by any Limited Partner before such special meeting except the business listed in the related request. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send or cause to be sent a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of the meeting is given as provided in Section 16.1. Limited Partners shall not be permitted to vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business. If any such vote were to take place, to the fullest extent permitted by law, it shall be deemed null and void to the extent necessary so as not to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

Section 13.5 Notice of a Meeting. Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1.

Section 13.6 Record Date. For purposes of determining the Limited Partners who are Record Holders of the class or classes of Limited Partner Interests entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11, the General Partner shall set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading or U.S. federal securities laws, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange or U.S. federal securities laws shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which such Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals.

93

Section 13.7 Postponement and Adjournment. Prior to the date upon which any meeting of Limited Partners is to be held, the General Partner may postpone such meeting one or more times for any reason by giving notice to each Limited Partner entitled to vote at the meeting so postponed of the place, date and hour at which such meeting would be held. Such notice shall be given not fewer than two days before the date of such meeting and otherwise in accordance with this Article XIII. When a meeting is postponed, a new Record Date need not be fixed unless such postponement shall be for more than 45 days. Any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned by the General Partner one or more times for any reason, including the failure of a quorum to be present at the meeting with respect to any proposal or the failure of any proposal to receive sufficient votes for approval. No Limited Partner vote shall be required for any adjournment. A meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned by the General Partner as to one or more proposals regardless of whether action has been taken on other matters. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.

Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting. The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove of any matters submitted for consideration or to object to the failure to submit for consideration any matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the beginning of the meeting.

Section 13.9 Quorum and Voting. The presence, in person or by proxy, of holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the exit of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement.

94

Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting. The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the submission and revocation of approvals in writing.

Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting. If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Outstanding Units held by such Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Outstanding Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any permitted action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are first deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.

Section 13.12 Right to Vote and Related Matters.

(a) Only those Record Holders of the Outstanding Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to

95

act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.

(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person that is the Record Holder (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), such Record Holder shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume such Record Holder is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Record Holder of an Incentive Distribution Right shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Right on any Partnership matter.

ARTICLE XIV

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

Section 14.1 Authority. The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity, whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America or any other country, pursuant to a written plan of merger or consolidation (“Merger Agreement”) or a written plan of conversion (“Plan of Conversion”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIV.

Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.

(a) Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner, provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership and may consent or decline to do so free of any duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or conversion, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity, and the General Partner in determining whether to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership shall be permitted to do so in its sole and absolute discretion.

(b) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(i) name and state or country of domicile of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

96

(ii) the name and state of domicile of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “Surviving Business Entity”);

(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (A) if any general or limited partner interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (B) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, operating agreement or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, however, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein); and

(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

(c) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the conversion, the General Partner shall approve the Plan of Conversion, which shall set forth:

(i) the name of the converting entity and the converted entity;

(ii) a statement that the Partnership is continuing its existence in the organizational form of the converted entity;

(iii) a statement as to the type of entity that the converted entity is to be and the state or country under the laws of which the converted entity is to be incorporated, formed or organized;

97

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the converted entity;

(v) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership;

(vi) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, or other organizational documents of the converted entity;

(vii) the effective time of the conversion, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of conversion or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Plan of Conversion (provided, that if the effective time of the conversion is to be later than the date of the filing of such articles of conversion, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of conversion and stated therein); and

(viii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed conversion that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners.

(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent and, subject to any applicable requirements of Regulation 14A pursuant to the Exchange Act or successor provision, no other disclosure regarding the proposed merger, consolidation or conversion shall be required.

(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, effects an amendment to any provision of this Agreement that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement adopted pursuant to Article XIII, would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and Section 14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or articles of conversion pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

98

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity that shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of limited liability under the laws of the jurisdiction governing the other limited liability entity (if that jurisdiction is not Delaware) of any Limited Partner as compared to its limited liability under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger, or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the General Partner determines that the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another limited liability entity if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner under the laws of the jurisdiction governing the other limited liability entity (if that jurisdiction is not Delaware) as compared to its limited liability under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (iii) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (iv) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (v) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests (other than Incentive Distribution Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

(f) Pursuant to Section 17-211(g) of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (i) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (ii) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.

Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger or Certificate of Conversion. Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or certificate of conversion or other filing, as applicable, shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or the appropriate filing office of any other jurisdiction, as applicable, in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act or other applicable law.

99

Section 14.5 Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.

(a) At the effective time of the merger:

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

(b) At the effective time of the conversion:

(i) the Partnership shall continue to exist, without interruption, but in the organizational form of the converted entity rather than in its prior organizational form;

(ii) all rights, title, and interests to all real estate and other property owned by the Partnership shall continue to be owned by the converted entity in its new organizational form without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon;

(iii) all liabilities and obligations of the Partnership shall continue to be liabilities and obligations of the converted entity in its new organizational form without impairment or diminution by reason of the conversion;

(iv) all rights of creditors or other parties with respect to or against the prior interest holders or other owners of the Partnership in their capacities as such in existence as of the effective time of the conversion will continue in existence as to those liabilities and obligations and may be pursued by such creditors and obligees as if the conversion did not occur;

(v) a proceeding pending by or against the Partnership or by or against any of Partners in their capacities as such may be continued by or against the converted entity in its new organizational form and by or against the prior Partners without any need for substitution of parties; and

100

(vi) the Partnership Interests that are to be converted into partnership interests, shares, evidences of ownership, or other securities in the converted entity as provided in the plan of conversion shall be so converted, and Partners shall be entitled only to the rights provided in the Plan of Conversion.

ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable at its option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three Business Days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed.

(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the applicable Transfer Agent or exchange agent notice of such election to purchase (the “Notice of Election to Purchase”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent or exchange agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner), together with such information as may be required by law, rule or regulation, at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be filed and distributed as may be required by the Commission or any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, or instructions agreeing to such redemption in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent or exchange agent as the Transfer Agent or exchange agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the Partnership Register shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with

101

the Transfer Agent or exchange agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate or redemption instructions shall not have been surrendered for purchase or provided, respectively, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI, and Article XII) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent or exchange agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, or instructions agreeing to such redemption, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the Partnership Register, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the Record Holder of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI and Article XII).

(c) In the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, at any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent or exchange agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a) therefor, without interest thereon, in accordance with procedures set forth by the General Partner.

ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices; Written Communications.

(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown in the Partnership Register, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) a Partner shall consent to receiving notices, demands, requests, reports or proxy materials via electronic mail or by the Internet or (ii) the rules of the Commission shall permit any report or proxy materials to be delivered electronically or made available via the Internet, any such notice, demand, request,

102

report or proxy materials shall be deemed given or made when delivered or made available via such mode of delivery. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing in the Partnership Register is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

(b) The terms “in writing”, “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication.

Section 16.2 Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 16.3 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 16.4 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 16.5 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

Section 16.6 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 16.7 Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Partner agrees that (a) any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee and (b) any Unrestricted Person shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Unrestricted Person.

103

Section 16.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or (b) without execution hereof.

Section 16.9 Applicable Law; Forum; Venue and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury.

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Each of the Partners and each Person or Group holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):

(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act or (E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims; provided, however, that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings over which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction shall be brought in any other court in the State of Delaware having jurisdiction;

(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;

(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which proceedings in the courts of the State of Delaware may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;

(iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding;

(v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided, nothing in this clause (v) shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and

104

(vi) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH CLAIM, SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

Section 16.10 Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and/or parts thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provisions and/or part shall be reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

Section 16.11 Consent of Partners. Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.

Section 16.12 Facsimile and Email Signatures. The use of facsimile signatures and signatures delivered by email in portable document format (.pdf) affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on certificates representing Common Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

Section 16.13 Interpretation. To the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event of any ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the Partners and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any Partner by virtue of the authorship or any of the provisions of this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

105

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC
By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
Name: Richard J. Doleshek

Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
ORGANIZATIONAL LIMITED PARTNER:
QEP Field Services Company
By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
Name: Richard J. Doleshek

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to First Amended and Restated Agreement of

Limited Partnership of QEP Midstream Partners, LP

EXHIBIT A

to the First Amended and Restated

Agreement of Limited Partnership of

QEP Midstream Partners, LP

Certificate Evidencing Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests in

QEP Midstream Partners, LP

No.                                           Common Units

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of QEP Midstream Partners, LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “Partnership Agreement”), QEP Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), hereby certifies that                    (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “Common Units”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at 1050 17th Street, Suite 500, Denver, Colorado 80265. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER (AS DEFINED IN THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT) WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). THE GENERAL PARTNER OF QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THIS SECURITY MAY BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON ITS TRANSFER PROVIDED IN THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS

A-1

SECURITY TO THE SECRETARY OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE PARTNERSHIP. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement, and (iii) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent. This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

Dated:	QEP Midstream Partners, LP
	By:	QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC
		By:
		By:

Countersigned and Registered by:

[                                                 ]

as Transfer Agent

By:
	Authorized Signature

A-2

[Reverse of Certificate]

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM — as tenants in common	UNIF GIFT TRANSFERS MIN ACT
TEN ENT — as tenants by the entireties	Custodian
	(Cust)                                                      (Minor)
JT TEN — as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common	under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)

Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

A-3

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS OF

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,	hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto
(Please print or typewrite name and address of assignee)	(Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)

Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                     as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of QEP Midstream Partners, LP.

Date:	NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.
	(Signature)
	(Signature)

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE

GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE

GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS,

STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN

ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS

WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION

PROGRAM), PURSUANT

TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15

No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.

A-4

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

By and Among

QEP FIELD SERVICES COMPANY

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP

AND

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC

Dated as of August 14, 2013

CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013 (this “Agreement”), is by and among QEP Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “General Partner”), QEP Field Services Company, a Delaware corporation (“Field Services”), and QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OLLC”). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.” Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Article I.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the General Partner and Field Services have formed the Partnership, pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “Delaware LP Act”), for the purpose of engaging in any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware LP Act.

WHEREAS, in order to accomplish the objectives and purposes in the preceding recital, each of the following actions has been taken prior to the date hereof:

1. Field Services formed the General Partner under the terms of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Delaware LLC Act”) and contributed to the General Partner $1,000 in exchange for all of the limited liability company interests in the General Partner.

2. The General Partner and Field Services formed the Partnership under the terms of the Delaware LP Act and contributed $20 and $980 to the Partnership, respectively, in exchange for a 2.0% general partner interest and a 98.0% limited partner interest, respectively, in the Partnership.

3. Field Services formed OLLC under the terms of the Delaware LLC Act and contributed to OLLC $1,000 in exchange for all of the limited liability company interests in OLLC.

4. Field Services formed QEPM Gathering I, LLC (“QEP Gathering”) under the terms of the Delaware LLC Act and contributed to QEP Gathering $1,000 in exchange for all of the limited liability company interests in QEP Gathering.

5. Field Services conveyed (i) the Green River gathering assets, (ii) the Vermillion gathering assets and (iii) the Williston gathering assets, in each case to QEP Gathering as a capital contribution.

WHEREAS, concurrently with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, each of the following transactions will occur at the times specified herein:

1. Field Services will convey (i) a 100% limited liability company interest in Rendezvous Pipeline Company, L.L.C. (“Rendezvous Pipeline”) and (ii) a 78% limited liability company interest in Rendezvous Gas Services, L.L.C. (“Rendezvous Gas”), in each case to QEP Gathering as a capital contribution.

1

2. Field Services will convey (i) a 100% limited liability company interest in QEP Gathering and (ii) a 50% limited liability company interest in Three Rivers Gathering, L.L.C. (“Three Rivers”), in each case to OLLC as a capital contribution and in exchange for OLLC assuming $114.0 million of Field Services’ existing debt (the “Existing Debt”).

3. Field Services will convey a portion of its limited liability company interest in OLLC to the General Partner as a capital contribution with a value equal to 2.0% of the equity of the Partnership (the “OLLC Interest”).

4. The General Partner will convey the OLLC Interest to the Partnership as a capital contribution in exchange for (i) 1,090,000 general partner units in the Partnership representing a continuation of its 2.0% general partner interest in the Partnership and (ii) the Incentive Distribution Rights in the Partnership.

5. Field Services will contribute its remaining interest in OLLC (the “LP Contribution Interest”) to the Partnership in exchange for (i) 6,701,750 Common Units representing a 12.3% limited partner interest in the Partnership, (ii) 26,705,000 Subordinated Units representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership, and (iii) the right to receive $272.2 million in cash, all of which will be used to reimburse Field Services for certain capital expenditures made with respect to the contributed assets (the “Equity Distribution”).

6. The Partnership will redeem the initial limited partner interests of Field Services and will refund Field Services’ initial contribution of $980, as well as any interest or other profit that may have resulted from the investment or other use of such initial capital contribution to Field Services, in proportion to such initial contribution.

7. The agreements of limited partnership and the limited liability company agreements of certain of the aforementioned entities will be amended and restated to the extent necessary to reflect the applicable matters set forth above and contained in this Agreement.

WHEREAS, the members, partners or stockholders of the Parties have taken all partnership, limited liability company or corporate action, as the case may be, required to approve the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

WHEREAS, at the Effective Time, the public, through the Underwriters, will purchase from the Partnership for $420.0 million in cash, less the amount of $25.2 million payable to the Underwriters after taking into account the Underwriters’ discount of 6.0% and the Structuring Fee payable to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 20,000,000 Common Units (representing a 36.7% limited partner interest in the Partnership).

2

WHEREAS, at the Effective Time, the Partnership will (i) pay the Structuring Fee to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, (ii) pay the transaction expenses, estimated to be approximately $3.0 million, (iii) contribute $114.0 million to OLLC to repay the Existing Debt and (iv) distribute the Equity Distribution to Field Services.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms defined in the introductory paragraph and the recitals of this Agreement, for purposes hereof, the capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in Appendix A.

ARTICLE II

CONTRIBUTION, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The following shall be completed immediately following the Effective Time in the order set forth herein:

Section 2.1 Contribution by Field Services of its 100% Limited Liability Company Interest in Rendezvous Pipeline and 78% Limited Liability Company Interest in Rendezvous Gas to QEP Gathering. Field Services hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to QEP Gathering its (i) 100% limited liability company interest in Rendezvous Pipeline (the “Rendezvous Pipeline Interest”) and (ii) 78% limited liability company interest in Rendezvous Gas (the “Rendezvous Gas Interest”), in each case as a capital contribution, and QEP Gathering hereby accepts the Rendezvous Pipeline Interest and the Rendezvous Gas Interest (the “Gathering Contribution”). Notwithstanding anything in the Operating Agreement of Rendezvous Pipeline, dated as of January 20, 2006 (the “Rendezvous Pipeline Agreement”) or the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Rendezvous Gas, dated as of September 12, 2001 (the “Rendezvous Gas Agreement”) to the contrary, as applicable, pursuant to the Gathering Contribution (i) QEP Gathering is hereby admitted as a member of each of Rendezvous Pipeline and Rendezvous Gas and agrees that it is bound by the Rendezvous Pipeline Agreement and the Rendezvous Gas Agreement, as the sole member of Rendezvous Pipeline and a member of Rendezvous Gas, respectively, (ii) Field Services hereby ceases to be a member of each of Rendezvous Pipeline and Rendezvous Gas immediately following QEP Gathering’s admission to each as described in (i), and (iii) both Rendezvous Pipeline and Rendezvous Gas hereby continue without dissolution with QEP Gathering as a member of each.

Section 2.2 Contribution by Field Services of its 100% Limited Liability Company Interest in QEP Gathering and 50% Limited Liability Company Interest in Three Rivers to OLLC. Field Services hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to OLLC its (i) 100% limited liability company interest in QEP Gathering (the “QEP Gathering Interest”) and (ii) 50% limited liability company interest in Three Rivers (the “Three Rivers Interest”), in each case as a capital contribution and in exchange

3

for OLLC assuming the Existing Debt, and OLLC hereby accepts the QEP Gathering Interest and the Three Rivers Interest (the “Field Services Contribution”) and assumes the Existing Debt. Notwithstanding anything in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of QEP Gathering, dated as of July 23, 2013 (the “QEP Gathering Agreement”) or the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Three Rivers, dated as of July 1, 2007 (the “Three Rivers Agreement”) to the contrary, as applicable, pursuant to the Field Services Contribution (i) OLLC is hereby admitted as a member of each of QEP Gathering and Three Rivers and agrees that it is bound by the QEP Gathering Agreement and the Three Rivers Agreement, as the sole member of QEP Gathering and a member of Three Rivers, respectively, (ii) Field Services hereby ceases to be a member of each of QEP Gathering and Three Rivers immediately following OLLC’s admission to each as described in (i), and (iii) both QEP Gathering and Three Rivers hereby continue without dissolution with OLLC as a member of each.

Section 2.3 Conveyance by Field Services of the OLLC Interest to the General Partner. Field Services hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the General Partner the OLLC Interest as a capital contribution, and the General Partner hereby accepts the OLLC Interest (the “OLLC GP Contribution”). Notwithstanding anything in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of OLLC, dated as of April 19, 2013 (the “OLLC Agreement”), to the contrary, pursuant to the OLLC GP Contribution, (i) the General Partner is hereby admitted to OLLC as a member of OLLC and agrees that it is bound by the OLLC Agreement, as a member of OLLC, and (ii) OLLC hereby continues without dissolution.

Section 2.4 Conveyance by the General Partner of the OLLC Interest to the Partnership. The General Partner hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Partnership the OLLC Interest as a capital contribution in exchange for (i) 1,090,000 general partner units representing a continuation of its 2.0% general partner interest in the Partnership and (ii) the issuance of the Incentive Distribution Rights, and the Partnership hereby accepts such OLLC Interest as a contribution to the capital of the Partnership (the “OLLC Partnership Contribution”). Notwithstanding anything in the OLLC Agreement to the contrary, pursuant to the OLLC Partnership Contribution (i) the Partnership is hereby admitted to OLLC as a member of OLLC and agrees that it is bound by the OLLC Agreement as a member of OLLC, (ii) the General Partner hereby ceases to be a member of OLLC immediately following the Partnership’s admission as described in (i), and (iii) OLLC hereby continues without dissolution.

Section 2.5 Contribution by Field Services of the LP Contribution Interest to the Partnership. Field Services hereby grants, contributes, bargains, conveys, assigns, transfers, sets over and delivers to the Partnership the LP Contribution Interest, as a capital contribution, in exchange for (i) 6,701,750 Common Units representing a 12.3% limited partner interest in the Partnership, (ii) 26,705,000 Subordinated Units representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership and (iii) the right to receive the Equity Distribution, all of which will be used to reimburse Field Services for certain capital expenditures it incurred with respect to the contributed assets pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-4(d). The Partnership hereby (A) accepts such LP Contribution Interest as a contribution to the capital of the Partnership, and (B) undertakes to pay the Equity Distribution to Field Services as contemplated in clause (iii) of this Section 2.5 (the “OLLC LP Contribution”). Notwithstanding anything in the OLLC Agreement to the contrary, pursuant to the OLLC LP Contribution (i) Field Services hereby ceases to be a member of OLLC and (ii) OLLC hereby continues without dissolution with the Partnership as the sole member of OLLC.

4

Section 2.6 Public Cash Contribution. The Parties acknowledge that in connection with the initial public offering, the public, through the Underwriters, have made a capital contribution to the Partnership of approximately $420.0 million in cash ($392.7 million net to the Partnership after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions of $25.2 million and the Structuring Fee payable to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC) in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of 20,000,000 Common Units, representing a 36.7% limited partner interest in the Partnership.

Section 2.7 Payment of the Structuring Fee. The Partnership agrees to pay Wells Fargo Securities, LLC the Structuring Fee.

Section 2.8 Payment of Transaction Costs. The Parties acknowledge the payment by the Partnership of transaction expenses in the amount of approximately $3.0 million.

Section 2.9 Distribution of Equity Distribution. The Partnership hereby distributes the Equity Distribution to Field Services.

Section 2.10 Contribution of Proceeds to OLLC. The Parties acknowledge the contribution of offering proceeds in the amount of $114.0 million to OLLC.

Section 2.11 Repayment of Existing Debt by OLLC. The Parties acknowledge the repayment of the Existing Debt by OLLC with a portion of the proceeds described in Section 2.6 and contributed to OLLC.

Section 2.12 Redemption of Holdings’ Initial Limited Partner Interests. For and in consideration of the payment by the Partnership of $980 to Field Services as a refund of its initial capital contribution to the Partnership, along with any interest or profit that resulted from the investment or other use of such capital contribution, the Partnership hereby redeems all of the initial limited partner interests of Field Services.

ARTICLE III

ADDITIONAL TRANSACTIONS

If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in whole or in part, the Underwriters will contribute additional cash to the Partnership in exchange for up to an additional 3,000,000 Common Units on the basis of the initial public offering price per Common Unit set forth in the Registration Statement less the amount of underwriting discounts and commissions and Structuring Fee, and the Partnership shall use the net proceeds from that exercise to redeem from Field Services the number of Common Units issued upon such exercise.

5

ARTICLE IV

FURTHER ASSURANCES

From time to time after the Effective Time, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and to do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate (i) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (ii) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended to be so and (iii) more fully and effectively to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

ARTICLE V

EFFECTIVE TIME

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, none of the provisions of Article II of this Agreement shall be operative or have any effect until the Effective Time, at which time all the provisions of Article II of this Agreement shall be effective and operative in accordance with Article VI, without further action by any Party hereto.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1 Order of Completion of Transactions. The transactions provided for in Article II and Article III of this Agreement shall be completed immediately following the Effective Time in the following order: first, the transactions provided for in Article II shall be completed in the order set forth therein; and second, following the completion of the transactions provided for in Article II, the transactions provided for in Article III, if they occur, shall be completed.

Section 6.2 Headings; References; Interpretation. All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, including, without limitation, all Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits shall, unless the context requires a different construction, be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, and all such Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all other genders, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. The use herein of the word “including” following any general statement, term or matter shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation”, “but not limited to”, or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

6

Section 6.3 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 6.4 No Third Party Rights. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies, and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 6.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory Parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 6.6 Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the state of Delaware. Each Party hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the state of Delaware and to venue in the state and federal courts in New Castle County, Delaware.

Section 6.7 Severability. If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any political body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provisions or provisions held to be invalid and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.

Section 6.8 Amendment or Modification. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face as an amendment to this Agreement.

Section 6.9 Integration. This Agreement and the instruments referenced herein supersede all previous understandings or agreements among the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and such instruments. This Agreement and such instruments contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. No understanding, representation, promise or agreement, whether oral or written, is intended to be or shall be included in or form part of this Agreement unless it is contained in a written amendment hereto executed by the parties hereto after the date of this Agreement.

Section 6.10 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment. To the extent required and permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall also constitute a “deed,” “bill of sale” or “assignment” of the assets and interests referenced herein.

[Signature Page Follows]

7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have caused it to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

QEP FIELD SERVICES COMPANY
	By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
		Name:	Richard J. Doleshek
		Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC
	By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
		Name:	Richard J. Doleshek
		Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC its general partner
	By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
		Name:	Richard J. Doleshek
		Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC
	By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
		Name:	Richard J. Doleshek
		Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief
			Financial Officer

Signature Page to Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement

APPENDIX A

Attached to and made part of that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, by and among QEP Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, QEP Field Services Company, a Delaware corporation, and QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Units” means a common unit representing a limited partner interest in the Partnership. The term “Common Unit” does not include a Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement.

“Delaware LLC Act” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Delaware LP Act” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Effective Time” means immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

“Equity Distribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Existing Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Field Services” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“Field Services Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“Gathering Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“General Partner” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“OLLC Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Incentive Distribution Rights” means a limited partner interest in the Partnership having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights in the Partnership Agreement (and no other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of an equity interest in the Partnership).

“LP Contribution Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“OLLC” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“OLLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“OLLC GP Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“OLLC LP Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

“OLLC Partnership Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

“Over-Allotment Option” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

“Partnership” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“Partnership Agreement” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of QEP Midstream Partners, LP dated as of August 14, 2013.

“Party” and “Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

“QEP Gathering” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“QEP Gathering Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“QEP Gathering Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission (Registration No. 333-188487), as amended and effective at the Effective Time.

“Rendezvous Gas” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Rendezvous Gas Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“Rendezvous Gas Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“Rendezvous Pipeline” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Rendezvous Pipeline Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“Rendezvous Pipeline Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“Structuring Fee” means a fee for certain advisory services equal to 0.50% of the gross proceeds of the sale of Common Units pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, including pursuant to any exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

“Subordinated Units” means a limited partner interest in the Partnership having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in the Partnership Agreement. The term “Subordinated Unit” does not include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.

“Three Rivers” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.

“Three Rivers Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“Three Rivers Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“Treasury Regulation” means the United States Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.

“Underwriters” means those underwriters listed on Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement.

“Underwriting Agreement” means that certain Underwriting Agreement by and among Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representatives of the Underwriters, the General Partner, the Partnership and OLLC dated as of August 8, 2013.

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

This Omnibus Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into on, and effective as of, August 14, 2013 (the “Closing Date”) among QEP Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“QEP”), QEP Field Services Company, a Delaware corporation (“Field Services”), QEP Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “General Partner”), and QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership (the “Operating Company” and, together with QEP, Field Services, the Partnership and the General Partner, the “Parties” and each a “Party”).

RECITALS

1. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article II, with respect to certain indemnification obligations of the Parties to each other.

2. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article III, with respect to the amount to be paid by the Partnership for the centralized corporate services to be performed by QEP and its Affiliates for and on behalf of the Partnership Group.

3. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article IV, with respect to the granting of certain licenses between the Parties.

In consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Interpretation

1.1 Definitions. In addition to the terms defined in the introductory paragraph and the recitals of this Agreement, for purposes hereof, the capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in Appendix A.

1.2 Rules of Construction. Unless expressly provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) If a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning.

(b) The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(c) A reference to any Party to this Agreement or another agreement or document includes the Party’s successors and assigns.

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and article, section, subsection and schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(e) The words “including,” “include,” “includes” and all variations thereof shall mean “including without limitation.”

(f) The word “or” shall have the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”

(g) The words “shall” and “will” have equal force and effect.

(h) The schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

(i) References to “$” or to “dollars” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

ARTICLE II

Indemnification

2.1 Environmental Indemnification.

(a) Each of QEP and Field Services, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Group Member from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by such Group Member, directly or indirectly, by reason of or arising out of:

(i) any violation of Environmental Laws as in effect prior to the Closing Date and such violation commenced, occurred or existed before the Closing Date;

(ii) any environmental event, condition or matter associated with or arising from the ownership or operation of the Assets that commenced, occurred or existed before the Closing Date (including the presence of Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating to or from the Assets or the disposal or the release of Hazardous Substances generated by operation of the Assets at non-Asset locations), including (A) the cost and expense of any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation, risk-based closure activities, or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws and (B) the cost and expense of the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial, corrective action, or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws as in effect prior to the Closing Date; and

2

(iii) any environmental event, condition or matter associated with or arising from the Retained Assets, whether occurring before, on or after the Closing Date and whether occurring under Environmental Laws as in effect prior to, at or after the Closing Date (clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) being referred to collectively as “Covered Environmental Losses”);

provided, however, that QEP and Field Services will be obligated to indemnify such Group Member for a Covered Environmental Loss described in Section 2.1(a)(i) or Section 2.1(a)(ii) only to the extent that QEP is notified in writing of such violation, event, condition or environmental matter prior to the Identification Deadline.

(b) The Partnership shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless QEP and Field Services from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by any of the QEP Entities, directly or indirectly, by reason of or arising out of:

(i) any violation of Environmental Laws as in effect on or after the Closing Date and such violation is associated with or arises from the ownership or operation of the Assets on or after the Closing Date; and

(ii) any environmental event, condition or matter associated with or arising from the ownership or operation of the Assets on or after the Closing Date (including the presence of Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating to or from the Assets or the disposal or the release of Hazardous Substances generated by operation of the Assets at Asset locations) including (A) the cost and expense of any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation, risk-based closure activities, or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws in effect on or after the Closing Date, and (B) the cost or expense of the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial, corrective action, or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws as in effect on or after the Closing Date;

and regardless of whether such violation under Section 2.1(b)(i) or such environmental event, condition or matter included under Section 2.1(b)(ii) occurred before or after the Closing Date, in each case, to the extent that any of the foregoing are not Covered Environmental Losses (without giving effect to the Environmental Deductible).

2.2 Right of Way Indemnification. Each of QEP and Field Services, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Group Member from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by such Group Member by reason of or arising out of (a) the failure of such Group Member to be the owner of such valid and indefeasible easement rights or fee ownership or leasehold interests in and to the lands on which any of the Assets conveyed or contributed to such Group Member on the Closing Date is located as of the Closing Date, and such failure renders such Group Member liable to a third party or unable to use or operate the Assets in substantially the same manner that the Assets were used and operated as of immediately prior to the Closing Date; (b) the failure of such Group Member to have the consents, licenses and permits necessary to allow (1) any pipeline included in the Assets to cross the roads, waterways, railroads and other areas upon which any such pipeline is located as of the Closing Date, or (2) the transfer of any of the Assets to the Partnership Group, in each case, where such failure renders the Partnership Group liable to a third party or unable to use or operate the Assets in substantially the same manner that the Assets were used and operated as of

3

immediately prior to the Closing Date; and (c) the cost of curing any condition set forth in Section 2.2(a) or (b) that does not allow any Asset to be operated in accordance with prudent industry practice, in each case to the extent that QEP and Field Services are notified in writing of any of the foregoing prior to the Identification Deadline.

2.3 Additional Indemnification.

(a) Each of QEP and Field Services, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless each Group Member from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by such Group Member by reason of or arising out of:

(i) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that, subject to the qualifications set forth on Schedule A, each Group Member shall be entitled to indemnification by QEP and Field Services under this Section 2.3(a)(i) for those litigation matters listed on Schedule A;

(ii) events and conditions associated with the Retained Assets, whether occurring before, on or after the Closing Date;

(iii) all federal, state and local tax liabilities attributable to the ownership or operation of the Assets on or prior to the Closing Date, including under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6, as it may be amended (or any similar provision of state or local law), and any such tax liabilities that may result from the consummation of the formation transactions for the Partnership Group and the General Partner occurring prior to the Closing Date or from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement;

(iv) the failure of any Group Member to have on the Closing Date any consent, license, permit or approval necessary to allow such Group Member to own or operate the Assets in substantially the same manner that the Assets were owned or operated immediately prior to the Closing Date; and

(v) events and conditions in the ordinary course of business that result in the release of a Hazardous Substance from, or failures in the integrity of, the Mesa Condensate Trunk Line, including any cost and expense incurred by a Group Member with respect to any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, replacement, remediation, risk-based closure activities, or other corrective action required or necessary pursuant to (A) applicable laws, including Environmental Laws, or (B) the Partnership’s good faith determination as a reasonably prudent operator; provided, however, that such events or conditions that resulted in the release of a Hazardous Substance from, or caused a failure in the integrity of, the Mesa Condensate Trunk Line commenced, occurred or existed prior to the Identification Deadline; provided, further that the indemnification provided by QEP and Field Services in this Section 2.3(a)(v) shall terminate upon the earlier of (X) the Identification Deadline and (Y) in the event that QEP or Field Services elects, in their sole discretion, to replace the Mesa Condensate Trunk Line in its entirety, the date of such replacement.

4

(b) The Partnership shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless QEP and Field Services from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by any of the QEP Entities by reason of or arising out of events and conditions to the extent associated with the ownership or operation of the Assets and occurring after the Closing Date (other than Covered Environmental Losses which are provided for under Section 2.1(a) and Losses for which the Partnership is indemnifying QEP under Section 2.1(b)), unless such indemnification would not be permitted by any Group Member under the Partnership Agreement.

2.4 Indemnification Procedures.

(a) The Indemnified Party agrees that within a reasonable period of time after it becomes aware of facts giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Article II, it will provide notice thereof in writing to the Indemnifying Party, specifying the nature of and specific basis for such claim.

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of (and any counterclaims with respect to) any claims brought against the Indemnified Party that are covered by the indemnification under this Article II, including, without limitation, the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such claim or any matter or any issues relating thereto; provided, however, that no such settlement for only the payment of money shall be entered into without the consent of the Indemnified Party unless it includes a full release of the Indemnified Party from such claim; provided further, that no such settlement containing any form of injunctive or similar relief shall be entered into without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld.

(c) The Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner with the Indemnifying Party, with respect to all aspects of the defense of and pursuit of any counterclaims with respect to any claims covered by the indemnification under this Article II, including, without limitation, the prompt furnishing to the Indemnifying Party of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the Indemnified Party may receive, permitting the name of the Indemnified Party to be utilized in connection with such defense and counterclaims, the making available to the Indemnifying Party of any files, records or other information of the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party considers relevant to such defense and counterclaims, the making available to the Indemnifying Party of any employees of the Indemnified Party and the granting to the Indemnifying Party of reasonable access rights to the properties and facilities of the Indemnified Party; provided, however, that in connection therewith the Indemnifying Party agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of the Indemnified Party and further agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all files, records, and other information furnished by the Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 2.4. The obligation of the Indemnified Party to cooperate with the Indemnifying Party as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not be construed as imposing upon the Indemnified Party an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of and pursuit of any counterclaims with respect to any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in this Article II; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party may, at its own option, cost and expense, hire and pay for counsel in connection with any such defense and counterclaims. The Indemnifying Party agrees to keep any such counsel hired by the Indemnified Party informed as

5

to the status of any such defense or counterclaim, but the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to retain sole control over such defense and counterclaims so long as the Indemnified Party is still seeking indemnification hereunder.

(d) In determining the amount of any loss, cost, damage or expense for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the gross amount of the indemnification will be reduced by (i) any insurance proceeds realized by the Indemnified Party, and such correlative insurance benefit shall be net of any incremental insurance premium that becomes due and payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such claim and (ii) all amounts recovered by the Indemnified Party under contractual indemnities from third Persons.

2.5 Limitations Regarding Indemnification.

(a) With respect to Covered Environmental Losses under Section 2.1(a)(i) or Section 2.1(a)(ii) that arise out of an event, condition or matter that is first discovered after the Closing Date, neither QEP nor Field Services shall be obligated to indemnify, defend and hold harmless any Group Member until such time as the total aggregate amount of Losses incurred by the Partnership Group for such Covered Environmental Losses exceeds $500,000 (the “Environmental Deductible”), at which time QEP and Field Services shall be obligated to indemnify the Partnership Group for the excess of such Covered Environmental Losses over the Environmental Deductible. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the Environmental Deductible shall not apply to any Covered Environmental Losses incurred by any Group Member attributable to those locations identified on Schedule B.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, there is no deductible or cap with respect to the indemnification owed by any Indemnifying Party under any portion of this Article II other than that described in Section 2.5(a).

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation of QEP and Field Services to indemnify any Group Member, as specified in Section 2.1, Section 2.2 and Section 2.3 shall be limited to the extent of the Losses incurred by the Partnership with respect to its direct or indirect ownership interest in such Group Member.

(d) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION HEREUNDER COVER OR INCLUDE CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS (INCLUDING ANY DIMINUTION IN VALUE OF ANY PARTY’S RESPECTIVE INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP) SUFFERED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, BY ANY OTHER PARTY ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, EXCEPT AS A REIMBURSEMENT FOR ANY SUCH DAMAGES AS ARE PAID TO A GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY OR OTHER THIRD PARTY.

6

ARTICLE III

General and Administrative Services

3.1 General. QEP agrees to provide, and agrees to cause its Affiliates to provide, to the General Partner, for the Partnership Group’s benefit, the centralized general and administrative services that QEP and its Affiliates have traditionally provided in connection with the ownership and operation of the Assets, which consist of the services set forth on Schedule C (the “General and Administrative Services”). Absent the written agreement of the Parties to the contrary, the Parties agree that the General and Administrative Services will be received by the General Partner, for the benefit of the Partnership Group, at the General Partner’s principal place of business.

3.2 Administrative Fee.

(a) As consideration for QEP’s and its Affiliates’ provision of the General and Administrative Services, the Partnership Group will pay to QEP an annual fee that will reflect the costs incurred by QEP and its Affiliates in providing such General and Administrative Services (other than those costs for which QEP and its Affiliates are entitled to reimbursement pursuant to Section 3.3), as determined in good faith by QEP in accordance with Schedule C (the “Administrative Fee”). The Parties acknowledge and agree that it is the intent of the Parties that the General and Administrative Services be provided based on an arm’s-length standard, and that the Administrative Fee is intended to reflect such standard. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties further acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Fee will cover the fully burdened cost of the General and Administrative Services provided by QEP and its Affiliates to the Partnership Group, as well as any third party costs actually incurred by QEP and its Affiliates on behalf of the Partnership Group in providing such General and Administrative Services (other than those costs for which QEP and its Affiliates are entitled to reimbursement pursuant to Section 3.3), including the following:

(i) the compensation and employee benefits of employees of QEP or its Affiliates (and any withholding or payroll taxes related thereto), to the extent, but only to the extent, such employees perform General and Administrative Services for the Partnership Group’s benefit. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Fee shall include any withholding and payroll related taxes paid by QEP and its Affiliates in connection with any long-term incentive plan of the General Partner or the Partnership Group. With respect to employees that do not devote all of their business time to the Partnership Group, such compensation and employee benefits (and any withholding or payroll taxes related thereto) shall be allocated to the Partnership Group based on the annual weighted average of time spent and number of employees devoting services to the Partnership Group;

(ii) any expenses incurred or payments made by QEP or its Affiliates on behalf of the Partnership Group for insurance coverage with respect to the Assets or the business of the Partnership Group;

(iii) all expenses and expenditures incurred by QEP or its Affiliates on behalf of the Partnership Group as a result of the Partnership becoming and continuing as a publicly traded entity, including, but not limited to, costs associated with annual, quarterly and current reporting; tax return and Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees, outside director fees and director and officer insurance expenses; and

7

(iv) all sales, use, excise, value added or similar taxes, if any, that may be applicable from time to time with respect to the services provided by QEP and its Affiliates to the Partnership Group pursuant to Section 3.1.

(b) As part of the Administrative Fee, the Partnership Group shall pay to QEP a fixed fee, in the amount shown on Schedule C, in consideration for the services of certain employees of QEP and its Affiliates in their capacities as officers of the General Partner and the Group Members.

(c) The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Fee may change each calendar year, as determined by QEP in good faith, to accurately reflect the degree and extent of the General and Administrative Services provided to the Partnership Group and may be adjusted to reflect, among other things, the contribution, acquisition or disposition of assets to or by the Partnership Group or to reflect any change in the cost of providing General and Administrative Services to the Partnership Group due to changes in any law, rule or regulation applicable to the QEP Entities or the Partnership Group, including any interpretation of such laws, rules or regulations.

(d) On or prior to January 1 of each calendar year during the term of this Agreement, QEP will notify the General Partner of the estimated amount of the Administrative Fee (including both the fixed and variable portions of the Administrative Fee as described in Schedule C) to be paid by the Partnership Group for such calendar year. For the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs, such estimate shall be made on or prior to the Closing Date and shall pertain only to the remainder of such calendar year. Commencing with the first full month following the Closing Date, the Administrative Fee shall be invoiced and paid as follows:

(i) Within 20 days following the end of each month during the term of this Agreement, QEP will submit to the Partnership Group an invoice of the amounts due for such month for the Administrative Fee. Each invoice will contain reasonably satisfactory support of such amounts and such other supporting detail as the General Partner may reasonably require.

(ii) The Partnership Group will pay the Administrative Fee within 10 days after the receipt of the invoice therefor. The Partnership Group shall not offset any amounts owing to it by QEP or any of its Affiliates against the Administrative Fee payable hereunder.

3.3 Reimbursement of Expenses.

(a) In addition to the Administrative Fee payable under Section 3.2, the Partnership Group will reimburse QEP and its Affiliates for any additional out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by QEP and its Affiliates in providing the General and Administrative Services, as well as any other out-of-pocket expenses incurred on behalf of the Partnership Group.

(b) The Partnership Group will reimburse QEP and its Affiliates for any costs and expenses incurred by QEP and its Affiliates under Section 3.3(a) as incurred on a monthly basis.

8

ARTICLE IV

Licenses of Marks

4.1 Grant of QEP License. Upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV, QEP hereby grants and conveys to the Partnership and each of the entities currently or hereafter comprising a part of the Partnership Group a nontransferable, nonexclusive, royalty­free right and license (the “QEP License”) to use the “QEP” logo and trademark and the other trademarks and tradenames owned by QEP (collectively, the “QEP Marks”).

4.2 Ownership and Quality of QEP Marks. The Partnership, on behalf of itself and the other Group Members, agrees that ownership of the QEP Marks and the goodwill relating thereto shall remain vested in QEP during the term of the QEP License and thereafter. The Partnership agrees, and agrees to cause the other Group Members, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, never to challenge, contest or question the validity of QEP’s ownership of the QEP Marks or any registration thereof by QEP. In connection with the use of the QEP Marks, the Partnership and any other Group Member shall not in any manner represent that they have any ownership in the QEP Marks or registration thereof. The Partnership, on behalf of itself and the other Group Members, acknowledges that the use of the QEP Marks shall not create any right, title or interest in or to the QEP Marks, and all use of the QEP Marks by the Partnership or any other Group Member shall inure to the benefit of QEP. The Partnership agrees, and agrees to cause the other Group Members, to use the QEP Marks in accordance with such quality standards established by QEP and communicated to the Partnership Group from time to time, it being understood that the products and services offered by the Group Members as of the Closing Date are of a quality that is acceptable to QEP.

4.3 Grant of the Partnership License. Upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV, the General Partner, for the benefit of the Partnership, hereby grants and conveys to QEP and its Affiliates a nontransferable, nonexclusive, royalty-free right and license (“Partnership License”) to use the “QEPM” logo and trademark and the other trademarks and tradenames owned by the General Partner for the benefit of the Partnership (collectively, the “Partnership Marks”).

4.4 Ownership and Quality of the Partnership Marks. QEP agrees, on behalf of itself and the other QEP Entities, that ownership of the Partnership Marks and the goodwill relating thereto shall remain vested in the General Partner, for the benefit of the Partnership, during the term of the Partnership License and thereafter. QEP agrees, and agrees to cause the other QEP Entities, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, never to challenge, contest or question the validity of the General Partner’s ownership of the Partnership Marks or any registration thereof by the General Partner or the Partnership. In connection with the use of the Partnership Marks, neither QEP nor any of the other QEP Entities shall in any manner represent that they have any ownership in the Partnership Marks or registration thereof. QEP, on behalf of itself and the other QEP Entities, acknowledges that the use of the Partnership Marks shall not create any right, title or interest in or to the Partnership Marks, and all use of the Partnership Marks by QEP or any of the other QEP Entities shall inure to the benefit of the General Partner and the Partnership. QEP agrees, and agrees to cause the other QEP Entities, to use the Partnership Marks in accordance with such quality standards established by the General Partner, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Partnership, and communicated to QEP from time to time.

9

4.5 Termination. The QEP License and the Partnership License shall each terminate upon the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.5.

ARTICLE V

Miscellaneous

5.1 Confidentiality.

(a) From and after the Closing Date, each of the Parties shall hold, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates and its and their directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, and other representatives (collectively, “Representatives”) to hold all Confidential Information in strict confidence, with at least the same degree of care that applies to such Party’s confidential and proprietary information and shall not use such Confidential Information and shall not release or disclose such Confidential Information to any other Person, except its Representatives or except as required by applicable law. Each Party shall be responsible for any breach of this section by any of its Representatives.

(b) If a Party receives a subpoena or other demand for disclosure of Confidential Information received from any other Party or must disclose to a Governmental Authority any Confidential Information received from such other Party in order to obtain or maintain any required governmental approval, the receiving Party shall, to the extent legally permissible, provide notice to the providing Party before disclosing such Confidential Information. Upon receipt of such notice, the providing Party shall promptly either seek an appropriate protective order, waive the receiving Party’s confidentiality obligations hereunder to the extent necessary to permit the receiving Party to respond to the demand, or otherwise fully satisfy the subpoena or demand or the requirements of the applicable Governmental Authority. If the receiving Party is legally compelled to disclose such Confidential Information or if the providing Party does not promptly respond as contemplated by this section, the receiving Party may disclose that portion of Confidential Information covered by the notice or demand.

(c) Each Party acknowledges that the disclosing Party would not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach by the receiving Party of any one or more of the covenants contained in this Section 5.1 and agrees that, in the event of such breach, the disclosing Party may, in addition to the other remedies that may be available to it, apply to a court for an injunction to prevent breaches of this Section 5.1 and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Section 5.1. Notwithstanding any other section hereof, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions of this Section 5.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

5.2 Choice of Law; Mediation; Submission to Jurisdiction.

(a) This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT INVOLVES AT LEAST U.S. $100,000.00 AND THAT THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN ENTERED INTO IN EXPRESS RELIANCE UPON 6 Del. C. § 2708. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND

10

UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES (i) TO BE SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND OF THE FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND (ii) TO THE EXTENT SUCH PARTY IS NOT OTHERWISE SUBJECT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, TO APPOINT AND MAINTAIN AN AGENT IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS SUCH PARTY’S AGENT FOR ACCEPTANCE OF LEGAL PROCESS AND TO NOTIFY THE OTHER PARTY OF THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH AGENT.

(b) If the Parties cannot resolve any dispute or claim arising under this Agreement, then no earlier than 10 days nor more than 60 days following written notice to the other Parties, any Party may initiate mandatory, non-binding mediation hereunder by giving a notice of mediation (a “Mediation Notice”) to the other Parties to the dispute or claim. In connection with any mediation pursuant to this Section 5.2, the mediator shall be jointly appointed by the Parties to the dispute or claim and the mediation shall be conducted in Denver, Colorado unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties to the dispute or claim. All costs and expenses of the mediator appointed pursuant to this section shall be shared equally by the Parties to the dispute or claim. The then-current Model ADR Procedures for Mediation of Business Disputes of the Center for Public Resources, Inc., either as written or as modified by mutual agreement of the Parties to the dispute or claim, shall govern any mediation pursuant to this section. In the mediation, each Party to the dispute or claim shall be represented by one or more senior representatives who shall have authority to resolve any disputes. If a dispute or claim has not been resolved within 30 days after the receipt of the Mediation Notice by a Party, then any Party to the dispute or claim may refer the resolution of the dispute or claim to litigation.

(c) Subject to Section 5.2(b), each Party agrees that it shall bring any action or proceeding in respect of any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement, whether in tort or contract or at law or in equity, exclusively in any federal or state courts located in Delaware and (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such action or proceeding in such courts, (iii) waives any objection that such courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over it and (iv) agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of process upon it may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to it at its address specified in Section 5.3. The foregoing consents to jurisdiction and service of process shall not constitute general consents to service of process in the State of Delaware for any purpose except as provided herein and shall not be deemed to confer rights on any Person other than the Parties.

5.3 Notice. All notices or requests or consents provided for by, or permitted to be given pursuant to, this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by e-mail or United States mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by facsimile to such Party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by e-mail or facsimile shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below or at such other address as such Party may stipulate to the other Parties in the manner provided in this Section 5.3.

11

If to QEP or Field Services:

QEP Resources, Inc.

1050 17^th Street, Suite 500

Denver, Colorado 80265

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (303) 295-2190

E-mail: Chris.Woosley@qepres.com

If to any Group Member:

QEP Midstream Partners, LP

c/o QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, its General Partner

1050 17^th Street, Suite 500

Denver, Colorado 80265

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (303) 295-2190

E-mail: Chris.Woosley@qepres.com

5.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.

5.5 Termination of Agreement. This Agreement, other than the provisions set forth in Article II hereof, may be terminated (a) by the written agreement of all of the Parties or (b) by QEP or the Partnership immediately upon a Partnership Change of Control by written notice given to the other Parties to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties’ indemnification obligations under Article II shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with their respective terms.

5.6 Amendment or Modification. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face an “Amendment” or an “Addendum” to this Agreement.

5.7 Assignment. No Party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other Parties; provided, however, that the Partnership Group may make a collateral assignment of this Agreement solely to secure financing for the Partnership Group.

5.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document and shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5.9 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court or regulatory body of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

12

5.10 Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

5.11 Rights of Limited Partners. The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the Parties to this Agreement, and no Limited Partner or other interest holder of the Partnership shall have the right, separate and apart from the Partnership, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any Party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on, and effective as of, the Closing Date.

QEP Resources, Inc.
By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
Name:	Richard J. Doleshek
Title:	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
QEP Field Services Company
By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
Name:	Richard J. Doleshek
Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC
By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
Name:	Richard J. Doleshek
Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
QEP Midstream Partners, LP
By:	QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, its general partner
By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
Name:	Richard J. Doleshek
Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC
By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
Name:	Richard J. Doleshek
Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

[Signature page to Omnibus Agreement]

APPENDIX A

Attached to and made part of that certain Omnibus Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, by and among QEP Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation, QEP Field Services Company, a Delaware corporation, QEP Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership, and QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership.

“1993 Gathering Agreement” means that certain gas gathering agreement, dated September 1, 1993, between Questar Gas Company (f/k/a Mountain Fuel Supply Company) and QEP Field Services Company (f/k/a Questar Pipeline Company), as amended.

“Administrative Fee” is defined in Section 3.2(a).

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Assets” means the equity interests in the entities being conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred to any Group Member pursuant to the Contribution Agreement and any gathering pipelines, transportation pipelines, compressor stations, pump stations, metering stations, vehicles, related equipment, offices, real estate, contracts and other assets, or portions thereof owned by, leased by or necessary for the operation of the business of any Group Member as of the Closing Date.

“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Confidential Information” means any proprietary or confidential information that is competitively sensitive material or otherwise of value to a Party or its Affiliates and not generally known to the public, including trade secrets, scientific or technical information, design, invention, process, procedure, formula, improvements, product planning information, marketing strategies, financial information, information regarding operations, consumer and/or customer relationships, consumer and/or customer identities and profiles, sales estimates, business plans, and internal performance results relating to the past, present or future business activities of a Party or its Affiliates and the consumers, customers, clients and suppliers of any of the foregoing. Confidential Information includes such information as may be contained in or embodied by documents, substances, engineering and laboratory notebooks, reports, data, specifications, computer source code and object code, flow charts, databases, drawings, pilot plants or demonstration or operating facilities, diagrams, specifications, bills of material, equipment, prototypes and models, and any other tangible manifestation (including data in computer or other digital format) of the foregoing; provided, however, that Confidential Information does not include information that a receiving Party can show (A) has been published

Appendix A-1

or has otherwise become available to the general public as part of the public domain without breach of this Agreement, (B) has been furnished or made known to the receiving Party without any obligation to keep it confidential by a third party under circumstances which are not known to the receiving Party to involve a breach of the third party’s obligations to a Party or (C) was developed independently of information furnished or made available to the receiving Party as contemplated under this Agreement.

“Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Field Services, the General Partner, the Partnership and the Operating Company, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Covered Environmental Losses” is defined in Section 2.1.

“Departing General Partner” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 of the Partnership Agreement.

“Environmental Deductible” is defined in Section 2.5.

“Environmental Defect” is defined Section 2.5.

“Environmental Laws” means all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, judgments, ordinances, codes, injunctions, decrees, Environmental Permits and other legally enforceable requirements and rules of common law relating to pollution or protection of human health, natural resources, wildlife and the environment or workplace health or safety including, without limitation, the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq., the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq., the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. §§2701 et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, as amended, 42 USC §§300f et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1994, as amended, 49 U.S.C. §§ 5101 et seq., and other environmental conservation and protection laws and the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et seq, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and any state or local counterparts, each as amended from time to time.

“Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license, registration, certification, consent, exemption, variance or other authorization required under or issued pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law, including applications for renewal of such permits in which the application allows for continued operation under the terms of an expired permit.

“Field Services” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“General and Administrative Services” is defined in Section 3.1.

Appendix A-2

“General Partner” means QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, tribal, foreign or local governmental entity, authority, department, court or agency, including any political subdivision thereof, exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature, and including any arbitrating body, commission or quasi-governmental authority or self-regulating organization of competent authority exercising or enlisted to exercise similar power or authority.

“Group Member” means a member of the Partnership Group.

“Hazardous Substance” means (a) any substance, whether solid, liquid, gaseous, semi-solid, or any combination thereof, that is designated, defined or classified as a hazardous waste, solid waste, hazardous material, pollutant, contaminant or toxic or hazardous substance, or terms of similar meaning, or that is otherwise regulated under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, any hazardous substance as defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, and including asbestos and lead-containing paints or coatings, and (b) petroleum, oil, gasoline, natural gas, fuel oil, motor oil, waste oil, diesel fuel, jet fuel, and other refined petroleum hydrocarbons.

“Identification Deadline” means the third anniversary of the Closing Date.

“Indemnified Party” means the Party entitled to indemnification in accordance with Article II.

“Indemnifying Party” means the Party from whom indemnification may be sought in accordance with Article II.

“Limited Partner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, each Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3 of the Partnership Agreement, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership; provided, however, that when the term “Limited Partner” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of any Incentive Distribution Right (solely with respect to its Incentive Distribution Rights and not with respect to any other limited partner interest held by such Person) except as may otherwise be required by law.

“Losses” means any losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorney’s and expert’s fees) of any and every kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent.

“Mediation Notice” is defined in Section 5.2(b).

Appendix A-3

“Mesa Condensate Trunk Line” means that certain section of 6  ⁵/₈” OD pipe beginning in Sublette County, Wyoming in the Center T33N R109W S18 Latitude 42.69205036 Longitude -109.8102758 traversing in a southeasterly direction approximately 68,000 linear feet and ending in the SW 1/4 NW 1/4 T31N R109W S2 Latitude 42.82930891 Longitude -109.9076653.

“Operating Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Partnership” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Partnership Agreement” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of the Closing Date.

“Partnership Change of Control” means QEP ceases to control, directly or indirectly, the General Partner. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the General Partner, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

“Partnership Group” means, collectively, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.

“Partnership License” is defined in Section 4.3.

“Partnership Marks” is defined in Section 4.3.

“Party” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“QEP” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“QEP Entities” means QEP and each of its Affiliates, other than the General Partner and the Group Members.

“QEP License” is defined in Section 4.1.

“QEP Marks” is defined in Section 4.1.

“Representatives” is defined in Section 5.1(a).

“Retained Assets” means all pipelines, processing facilities, treating assets, vehicles, other midstream infrastructure, offices and related equipment, real estate, contracts and other related assets, or ownership interests or portions thereof owned by Field Services that were not directly or indirectly conveyed, contributed or otherwise transferred to the Partnership Group pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or the other documents referenced in the Contribution Agreement.

Appendix A-4

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof; or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

Appendix A-5

Schedule A

Pre-Closing Litigation

Matter Name	Matter Type	Party	Matter Description	Case/Docket #	Court/Agency	State
Questar Gas Company v. QEP Field Services Company1	Litigation	QEP Field Services Company	Contract Dispute	120902969	Third Judicial District Court	UT

¹  QEP Resources, Inc. and QEP Field Services Company shall not be obligated to indemnify QEP Midstream Partners, LP or any other Group Member for Losses incurred as a result of a decrease in the annual gathering rate charged under the 1993 Gathering Agreement subsequent to the date that this litigation is settled or resolved by a final, binding and non-appealable court order.

Schedule A-1

Schedule B

Environmental Remediation Locations

Responsible Party	Description
Field Services	South Baxter Groundwater Monitoring (Rock Springs, Wyoming)
Field Services	Mesa Condensate Trunk Line

Schedule B-1

Schedule C

General and Administrative Services

Pursuant to Section 3.1

(1) Management services of QEP and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner) provided by employees who devote less than 50% of their business time to the business and affairs of the Partnership. This cost includes QEP-stock based compensation expense.

(2) Financial and administrative services (including treasury and accounting)

(3) Information technology services—professional services

(4) Legal services

(5) Health, environmental, safety and security services (including third party security services)

(6) Human resources services

(7) Tax services

(8) Procurement services

(9) Investor relations; Government & public affairs services

(10) Analytical & engineering services

(11) Business development services

Pursuant to Section 3.2

The fixed portion of the Administrative Fee for calendar year 2014, as described in Section 3.2, will be $1,400,000. For the avoidance of doubt, the fixed portion of the Administrative Fee for the remainder of calendar year 2013 will be the same annual amount as calendar year 2014 pro-rated based on the number of days remaining in 2013 from the Closing Date.

The portion of the Administrative Fee attributable to any marketing and transportation engineering services, information technology services, administrative/office services, and public company expenses will be a variable amount based on the costs actually incurred by QEP and its Affiliates on behalf of the Partnership Group (other than any costs for which QEP and its Affiliates are reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.3). The portion of the variable amount of the Administrative Fee attributable to any marketing and transportation engineering services described in the preceding sentence will be based on the costs incurred by QEP and its Affiliates on behalf of the Partnership Group (other than any costs for which QEP and its Affiliates are reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.3).

Pursuant to Section 3.2(b)

The fixed portion of the Administrative Fee for calendar year 2014 includes as a part thereof, the following amounts attributable to services provided by officers of the Partnership Group:

(1)    Charles B. Stanley, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief ExecutiveOfficer	$	650,000
Richard J. Doleshek, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	$	350,000
Perry H. Richards, Senior Vice President and General Manager	$	400,000
Total	$	1,400,000

Schedule C-1

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION COPY

Published CUSIP Number: 74736BAB7

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of August 14, 2013

among

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC,

as the Borrower

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP,

as Parent Guarantor

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender,

and

the Lenders and L/C Issuers Party Hereto

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Joint Bookrunners

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Joint Lead Arrangers

CITIBANK, N.A.,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Co-Syndication Agents

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH

and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

Co-Documentation Agents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section		Page
Article I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS			1
1.01	Defined Terms		1
1.02	Other Interpretive Provisions		31
1.03	Accounting Terms		32
1.04	Rounding		32
1.05	References to Agreements and Laws		33
1.06	Times of Day		33
1.07	Letter of Credit Amounts		33
Article II. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS			33
2.01	Loans		33
2.02	Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans		33
2.03	Letters of Credit		34
2.04	Swing Line Loans		42
2.05	Prepayments		45
2.06	Termination or Reduction of Commitments		46
2.07	Repayment of Loans and Swing Line Loans		46
2.08	Interest		46
2.09	Fees		47
2.10	Computation of Interest and Fees		48
2.11	Evidence of Debt		48
2.12	Payments Generally		49
2.13	Sharing of Payments by Lenders		50
2.14	Increase in Commitments		51
2.15	Defaulting Lenders		51
Article III. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY			54
3.01	Taxes		54
3.02	Illegality		57
3.03	Inability to Determine Rates		58
3.04	Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans		58
3.05	Compensation for Losses		59
3.06	Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation.		60
3.07	Survival		60
Article IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS			60
4.01	Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement (Execution Date)		60
4.02	Conditions of the Closing Date		61
4.03	Conditions to all Credit Extensions		65
Article V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES			65
5.01	No Default		65
5.02	Organization and Good Standing		66
5.03	Authorization		66
5.04	No Conflicts or Consents		66
5.05	Enforceable Obligations		66
5.06	Financial Statements		66
5.07	Full Disclosure		67

i

5.08	Litigation	67
5.09	Labor Disputes and Acts of God	67
5.10	ERISA	67
5.11	Environmental and Other Laws	68
5.12	Borrower’s Subsidiaries; Equity Investments	68
5.13	Title to Properties; Licenses	68
5.14	Government Regulation	68
5.15	Solvency	69
5.16	Compliance with Laws and Material Agreements	69
5.17	Taxes	69
5.18	OFAC	69
5.19	Insurance	69
5.20	Collateral Documents	69
Article VI. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS		70
6.01	Books, Financial Statements and Reports	70
6.02	Other Information and Financial Records; Inspections	72
6.03	Notice of Material Events; Notice of Changes in Certain Information Pertaining to the Collateral	72
6.04	Maintenance of Properties	73
6.05	Maintenance of Existence and Qualifications	73
6.06	Payment of Obligations	73
6.07	Insurance	73
6.08	Compliance with Law	74
6.09	Use of Proceeds	74
6.10	Subordination of Intercompany Indebtedness	74
6.11	Additional Material Subsidiaries; Collateral	74
6.12	Further Assurances	76
6.13	Keepwell Requirements	76
Article VII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS		76
7.01	Indebtedness	77
7.02	Limitation on Liens	78
7.03	Sale Lease-back Transactions	78
7.04	Line of Businesses	79
7.05	Investments.	79
7.06	Material Subsidiaries and Immaterial Subsidiaries; Unrestricted Subsidiaries	80
7.07	Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of All or Substantially All Assets	81
7.08	Transactions with Affiliates	81
7.09	Restrictive Agreements	81
7.10	ERISA	82
7.11	Dispositions of Property	82
7.12	Swap Contracts	83
7.13	Financial Covenants	83
7.14	Restricted Payments	83
7.15	Negative Pledge on Pipeline Real Property	84
7.16	Modification, Terminations, etc. of Certain Other Indebtedness, Agreements and Organization Documents	84
7.17	Fiscal Year	84
7.18	Certain Covenants Pertaining to Rendezvous Gas	84

ii

Article VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES		85
8.01	Events of Default	85
8.02	Remedies upon Event of Default	87
8.03	Application of Funds	87
Article IX. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT		88
9.01	Appointment and Authority	88
9.02	Rights as a Lender	89
9.03	Exculpatory Provisions	89
9.04	Reliance by Administrative Agent	90
9.05	Delegation of Duties	90
9.06	Resignation of Administrative Agent	91
9.07	Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders	91
9.08	Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim	92
9.09	Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers	92
9.10	Collateral Matters	92
9.11	Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements	94
Article X. Continuing Guaranty OF THE PARENT GUARANTOR		94
10.01	Guaranty	94
10.02	Rights of Lenders	94
10.03	Certain Waivers	95
10.04	Obligations Independent	95
10.05	Subrogation	96
10.06	Termination; Reinstatement	96
10.07	Subordination	96
10.08	Stay of Acceleration	96
Article XI. MISCELLANEOUS		97
11.01	Amendments, Etc.	97
11.02	Notices; Electronic Communications	98
11.03	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement	100
11.04	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver	101
11.05	Payments Set Aside	103
11.06	Successors and Assigns	103
11.07	Confidentiality	107
11.08	Set-off	108
11.09	Interest Rate Limitation	108
11.10	Counterparts	109
11.11	Integration	109
11.12	Survival of Representations and Warranties	109
11.13	Severability	109
11.14	Replacement of Lenders	109
11.15	Governing Law	110
11.16	Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury	111
11.17	No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility	111
11.18	Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents	112
11.19	USA PATRIOT Act Notice	112
11.20	ENTIRE AGREEMENT	112

iii

SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE 2.01	Commitments and Pro Rata Shares
SCHEDULE 2.04	Swing Line Rate Calculation
SCHEDULE 5.09	Labor Disputes and Acts of God
SCHEDULE 5.12	Subsidiaries and Equity Investments
SCHEDULE 5.19	Insurance
SCHEDULE 7.05	Investments on the Execution Date and Closing Date
SCHEDULE 11.02	Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A-1:	Form of Loan Notice
EXHIBIT A-2:	Form of Swing Line Loan Notice
EXHIBIT B:	Form of Note
EXHIBIT C:	Form of Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT D:	Form of Assignment and Assumption
EXHIBIT E-1:	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
EXHIBIT E-2:	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
EXHIBIT E-3:	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
EXHIBIT E-4:	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

iv

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of August 14, 2013, among QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Parent Guarantor”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”), WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, and the other L/C Issuers from time to time party hereto.

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Acceptable Changes” when used with respect to the Registration Statement means amendments, supplements and other changes thereto that are either (a) not material and adverse to the Lenders as determined by the Joint Bookrunners in their reasonable judgment or (b) are agreed to by the Joint Bookrunners, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

“Acquired Businesses” means the businesses, and interests in businesses, described in the Registration Statement acquired by the Borrower on or before the first day of the Availability Period.

“Acquisition” means a Permitted Acquisition, a Permitted Affiliate Acquisition or any other acquisition of any assets by a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

“Acquisition Period” means the period from and after a Qualifying Acquisition to and including the last day of the second full fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter in which such Qualifying Acquisition occurred; provided, that during any Acquisition Period, no additional Acquisition Period shall commence, nor shall such Acquisition Period be extended by any subsequent Qualifying Acquisition until the current Acquisition Period shall have terminated and the Parent Guarantor shall be in compliance with Section 7.13.

“Administrative Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

“Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address as set forth on Schedule 11.02, and the account designated by the Administrative Agent or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, each other Person that directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries or otherwise) controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to be “controlled by” any other Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.

“Affiliate Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means each Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor of which all the Equity Interests are owned by (x) one or more Loan Parties and/or Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) QRI and/or its Subsidiaries.

“Agent-Related Persons” means the Administrative Agent, together with its Affiliates, the Arrangers, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

“Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders in an amount not to exceed $500,000,000, except as such amount may be increased pursuant to Section 2.14.

“Agreement” means this Agreement.

“Applicable Rate” means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01:

Applicable Rate

Pricing Level	Consolidated Leverage Ratio	Commitment Fee			Eurodollar Spread for Eurodollar Loans and+ Letter of Credit Fees			Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans
1	< 3.00:1.00		0.325	%		1.750	%		0.750	%
2	³ 3.00 and < 3.50:1.00		0.350	%		2.000	%		1.000	%
3	³ 3.50 and < 4.00:1.00		0.375	%		2.250	%		1.250	%
4	³ 4.00		0.500	%		2.500	%		1.500	%

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01; provided, however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Level 4 shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered. The Applicable Rate in effect on the Closing Date shall be determined based upon Pricing Level 1.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(b).

“Approved Fund” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(h).

“Arrangers” means Wells Fargo Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, in their respective capacities as joint lead arrangers.

2

“Asset Sale” means (a) the sale, transfer or other disposition (by way of merger or otherwise) of any Equity Interests by the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including the issuance of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary, to any Person other than the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (b) the sale, transfer or other disposition (by way of merger or otherwise) of any other property or assets by the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (in each case other than any Disposition permitted under clauses (a) through (h) of Section 7.11).

“Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

“Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a capital lease.

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (c) the date of termination of the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.

“Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Wells Fargo Bank as its “prime rate”, and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for a one month Interest Period for such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Wells Fargo Bank based upon various factors including Wells Fargo Bank’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Wells Fargo Bank shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

“Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

“Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

3

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

“Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer or Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuers. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

“Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement between or among one or more Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries and a Cash Management Bank, to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.

“Cash Management Bank” means any Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, the Administrative Agent and any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.

“Casualty Event” means any loss of or damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking of, any property of a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by any Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

“Change of Control” means as of any date, any of the following shall occur: (a) the Parent Guarantor fails to own and control 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (b) QRI fails to own and Control Equity Interests representing more than 50% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the General Partner, (c) QRI fails to have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election more than 50% of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the General Partner, (d) the General Partner fails to be the sole general partner of and Control the Parent Guarantor, (e) the occurrence of a “Change of Control” as defined in the QRI Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, or (f) the occurrence of a “change of control” or similar event under documentation governing any Qualified Notes Offering.

“Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.02 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 11.01.

4

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

“Collateral” means all collateral under or as defined in any Collateral Document.

“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Guaranty, the Security Agreements, and other similar documents now or hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.11, and each other agreement, document or instrument that now or hereafter creates or perfects or purports to create or perfect, or that governs the terms of, a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

“Commercial Operation Date” means the date on which a Material Project achieves commercial operation.

“Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof).

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

“Consolidated” or “consolidated” means (a) when used with reference to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person the financial statements of which are (or should be) consolidated with the financial statement of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and (b) when used with respect to financial statements or financial statement items of any Person, such statements or items on a consolidated basis in accordance with applicable principles of consolidation under GAAP.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means:

“Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor” means, for any period, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Guarantor plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Guarantor: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (ii) Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable for such period, (iii) depreciation, depletion and amortization expense, (iv) any extraordinary losses (including losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business), and (v) unrealized losses under Swap Contracts, plus (b) the amount of cash dividends and other distributions actually received during such period by the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower and Restricted Subsidiaries from (i) Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (ii) Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (iii) Joint Ventures, minus (c) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Guarantor: (i) Consolidated Net Income of Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and any amounts added pursuant to clauses (a)(i) through (v) of this definition that are attributable to Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (ii) Consolidated Net Income of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any amounts added pursuant to

5

clauses (a)(i) through (v) of this definition that are attributable to Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (iii) any amount included in Consolidated Net Income that is attributable to Joint Ventures and any amounts added pursuant to clauses (a)(i) through (v) of this definition that are attributable to Joint Ventures, (iv) Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits for such period, (v) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, (vi) gains on sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business, and (vii) unrealized gains under Swap Contracts.

“Consolidated EBITDA” of any Person other than the Parent Guarantor means, for any period, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (ii) Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable for such period, (iii) depreciation, depletion and amortization expense, (iv) any extraordinary losses (including losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business), and (v) unrealized losses under Swap Contracts, plus the following, to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income (b) the amount of cash dividends and other distributions actually received during such period by such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries from Joint Ventures minus (c) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits for such period, (ii) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, (iii) gains on sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business, and (vi) unrealized gains under Swap Contracts.

Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, references to “Consolidated EBITDA” shall mean “Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor”.

In the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor, Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Guarantor, and the other items in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the calculation above, shall be adjusted with respect to Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries to reflect the Parent Guarantor’s pro rata ownership interest therein. In the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Net Income, and the other items in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the calculation above, shall be adjusted with respect to Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries to reflect such Person’s pro rata ownership interest therein.

For purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor or Consolidated EBITDA, as applicable:

(1) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor, and Consolidated EBITDA, for any relevant period shall be calculated to give pro forma effect to any Acquisition and any Disposition of assets, in each case for a purchase price or sale price, as the case may be, equal to $10,000,000 or more, consummated at any time after the first day of the relevant period as if each such Permitted Acquisition and each such Disposition had occurred on the first day of such period, provided that any such pro forma adjustments shall be (A) calculated by the Parent Guarantor in good faith, (B) supported by reasonably detailed calculations presented by the Parent Guarantor together with the Compliance Certificate for the applicable period, and (C) subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

(2) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor, and Consolidated EBITDA, for the first twelve months subsequent to the Closing Date shall be calculated on an annualized 365 day basis for the number of days actually elapsed since the Closing Date until the date of determination; and

6

(3) If a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary undertakes a Material Project, then Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor may include, at the Borrower’s option, a Material Project Consolidated EBITDA Adjustment for such Material Project, subject to Administrative Agent’s review and approval of each component of such Material Project Consolidated EBITDA Adjustment, provided that: (A) no such additions shall be allowed with respect to any Material Project unless: (y) not later than 15 days (or such lesser period as is acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the delivery of any Compliance Certificate required by Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) to the extent Material Project Consolidated EBITDA Adjustments will be made to Consolidated EBITDA, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent written pro forma projections of Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project, and (z) prior to the date such Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered, the Administrative Agent shall have approved such projections (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and shall have received such other information and documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (B) the aggregate amount of all Material Project Consolidated EBITDA Adjustments during any period shall be limited to 20% of the total actual Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor for such period (which total actual Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor shall be determined without including any Material Project Consolidated EBITDA Adjustments).

“Consolidated Funded Debt” means the aggregate of the Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower and their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) described in clauses (a), (b), (d), (e), (f) and (g) (other than Indebtedness consisting of Guarantees in respect of net obligations under any Swap Contract permitted under this Agreement) of the definition of Indebtedness in Section 1.01, on a consolidated basis after elimination of intercompany items. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) that is not Wholly Owned by the Parent Guarantor shall be included in Consolidated Funded Debt only to the extent of the Parent Guarantor’s proportional interest therein, unless such Indebtedness is recourse to the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in which case the full amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included in the calculation of Consolidated Funded Debt.

“Consolidated Interest Charges” for a Person means, for any period, the sum of the following for such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (a) all interest, premium payments, amortization or write-off of debt discount, fees, charges, issuance costs and commissions and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, and (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under capital leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date to (b) Consolidated Interest Charges of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor for the period of the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date.

“Consolidated Net Income” of any Person means, for any period, consolidated net income of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses) for that

7

period; provided that Consolidated Net Income of any Person for any period shall exclude the net income (but not loss) of any Subsidiary thereof to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary to such Person is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its Organization Documents, Contractual Obligation (other than pursuant to this Agreement) or applicable law, or is otherwise restricted or prohibited.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor” means at any date of determination, the total amount of Consolidated assets of the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) after deducting therefrom: (a) all current liabilities (excluding (i) any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed, and (ii) current maturities of long-term debt) of the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries); and (b) the value of all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and other like intangible assets (other than assets of Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries), all as set forth on the Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor. For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor excludes all amounts attributable to the assets of Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, but includes all equity investments in Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Senior Secured Funded Debt” means, as of any date of determination, all Consolidated Funded Debt that is secured by a Lien on any assets of the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries).

“Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Funded Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date.

“Consolidated Total Assets” means:

“Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent Guarantor” means, as of any date of determination, the total assets of Parent Guarantor, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) determined in accordance with GAAP, as set forth on the Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor prepared in accordance with GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent Guarantor excludes all amounts attributable to the assets of Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, but includes all equity investments in Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Total Assets” of a Person other than the Parent Guarantor means, as of any date of determination, the total assets of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP, as set forth on the Consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

“Contribution” means the direct or indirect transfer (in one or more transactions) by QRI and certain of its Subsidiaries to the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries of the Acquired Businesses on or before the Closing Date.

8

“Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

“Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing, (b) an L/C Credit Extension, and (c) a Swing Line Borrowing.

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including the Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Loans) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.15(f), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such

9

Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.15(f)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and each Lender.

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

“Disqualified Equity” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, in each case at any time on or prior to the six months after the Maturity Date, or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interest referred to in clause (a) above, in each case at any time earlier to the six months after the latest Maturity Date.

“Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

“Eligible Assignee” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(h).

“Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests”, “equity interests” and “equity securities” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or non-voting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination. The term Equity Interests shall also include other securities or instruments that have both debt and equity features.

10

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Eurodollar Rate” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (or the successor thereto if the British Bankers Association is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) (“LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Wells Fargo Bank and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Wells Fargo Bank’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

“Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate (other than pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Base Rate”).

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Excluded Property” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act thereunder at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

11

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 11.14) or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(g) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

“Execution Date” means the first date all conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 11.01.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as in effect on the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations thereunder or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code or otherwise pursuant to any of the foregoing.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) charged to Wells Fargo Bank on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

“Fee Letters” means (a) the Administrative Agency Fee Letter, dated July 19, 2013, between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (b) and the Fee Letter, dated July 19, 2013, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers.

“Finance Subsidiary” means a direct Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor that (a) (i) is formed solely to be a co-issuer, jointly and severally, with the Parent Guarantor, of any senior unsecured notes of the Parent Guarantor and (ii) has nominal assets and conducts no business operations or (b) (i) engages in no material business other than (x) lending funds to a Loan Party or a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Loan Party, and (y) activities incidental to the foregoing, and (ii) has no Indebtedness other than to a Loan Party.

“Financial Covenants” means the covenants contained in Section 7.13.

12

“First Priority” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created and granted in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is the most senior Lien to which such Collateral is subject, except to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 7.02.

“Foreign Lender” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.

“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to a L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the Swing Line Lender other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Fund” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.06(h).

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

“General Partner” means QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, general partner of the Parent Guarantor.

“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or

13

portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01.

“Guarantors” means, collectively, the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Guaranty” means, collectively, the guaranty made by the Parent Guarantor under Article X, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and any other guaranty agreements delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Hedge Bank” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Secured Hedge Agreement.”

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary designated by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.06 as an Immaterial Subsidiary, if and for so long as (a) such Subsidiary does not have (i) Consolidated assets in excess of 5% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent Guarantor or (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ending on the most recent Quarter-End Date that accounts for more than 5% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor for such period, and (b) such Immaterial Subsidiary, together with all other Subsidiaries designated by the Borrower as Immaterial Subsidiaries, (i) does not have Consolidated assets exceeding 10% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Parent Guarantor and (ii) does not have Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ending on the most recent Quarter-End Date that accounts for more than 10% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor for such period.

A Subsidiary will not be an Immaterial Subsidiary to the extent that any of the required terms set forth in clauses (a) or (b) of this paragraph is not satisfied, and if a Subsidiary that has been designated by the Borrower as an Immaterial Subsidiary ceases to satisfy any of such terms, from and after the date that it ceases to satisfy any such terms, such Subsidiary shall cease to be an Immaterial Subsidiary and shall be a Material Subsidiary.

“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;.

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business);

14

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on property owned or being acquired by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations; and

(g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.

“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

“Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b).

“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07.

“Initial Financial Statements” means the unqualified audited combined financial statements of the predecessor of the Acquired Businesses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and the unqualified unaudited combined financial statements of the Acquired Businesses for the period from January 1, 2013 to March 31, 2013.

“Initial L/C Issuer” means each of Wells Fargo Bank, Citibank, N.A., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and U.S. Bank National Association. Any Initial L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Initial L/C Issuer, in which case the term “Initial L/C Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

“Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning, of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date; and (c) as to any Swing Line Loan, the Maturity Date thereof.

“Interest Period” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date (a) one week, or one, two or three months thereafter, or (b) upon consent of all Lenders, twelve months thereafter, in any case as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice; provided that:

15

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a line of business. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

“IPO” means the initial underwritten public offering of Equity Interests in the Parent Guarantor pursuant to the Registration Statement

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

“Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer that is the issuer of such Letter of Credit and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to any such Letter of Credit.

“Joint Bookrunners” means Wells Fargo Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, in their respective capacities as joint bookrunners.

“Joint Venture” means an entity, other than a Subsidiary, in which any Loan Party owns directly or indirectly five percent (5%) or more of any class of ownership interests. As of the Execution Date and as of the Closing Date, the only Joint Venture is Three Rivers Gathering, L.L.C.

“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

16

“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.

“L/C Commitment” has the meaning set forth in the definition of L/C Issuer.

“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

“L/C Issuer” means with respect to each Letter of Credit issued hereunder, each Initial L/C Issuer or such other Lender that has issued or agreed to issue such Letter of Credit at the request of the Borrower and that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), in its capacity as the issuer of such Letter of Credit, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder. The dollar amount of the commitment of each L/C Issuer to issue Letters of Credit hereunder (the “L/C Commitment”) shall be as agreed in writing between the Borrower, such L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent. As of the Closing Date, the L/C Commitment of each of Wells Fargo Bank, Citibank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and U.S. Bank National Association is $8,500,000.00, and the L/C Commitment of each of Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. is $8,000,000.00. Any L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such L/C Issuer, in which case the term “L/C Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. As used herein, the term “the L/C Issuer” shall mean “each L/C Issuer” or “the applicable L/C Issuer,” as the context may require.

“L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, unless the context otherwise requires, includes each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.

“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder.

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the applicable L/C Issuer.

“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

17

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

“Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, the Fee Letters, the Letters of Credit, the Collateral Documents and each other document executed and delivered by a Loan Party or a Subsidiary in connection therewith that is designated as a Loan Document therein. “Loan Documents” do not include any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Secured Cash Management Agreement.

“Loan Notice” means a written notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

“Loan Parties” means the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse effect on the property, business, operations, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or operating results of (x) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (y) the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to perform any of its material obligations under any Loan Document, or (c) a material impairment of any right or remedy of or benefit available to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document.

“Material Agreement” means any agreement or contract to which a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, which, if terminated or cancelled (other than an expiration in accordance with its terms), would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

“Material Project” means any capital project of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary the cost of which is reasonably expected by the Borrower to exceed, or exceeds, $10,000,000.

“Material Project Consolidated EBITDA Adjustment” means:

(i) prior to the Commercial Operation Date of such Material Project (but including the fiscal quarter in which such Commercial Operation Date occurs), a percentage (equal to the then-current completion percentage of such Material Project) of an amount to be approved by the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) as the projected Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project for the first 12-month period following the scheduled Commercial Operation Date of such Material Project (such amount to be determined based on projected revenues from customer contracts relating to such Material Project, the creditworthiness and applicable projected production of the prospective customers, capital and other costs, operating and administrative expenses, scheduled Commercial Operation Date, commodity price assumptions and other factors reasonably deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent), which may, at the Borrower’s option (subject to Administrative Agent’s review and approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of each component of such Material Project Consolidated EBITDA Adjustment), be added to actual Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal quarter in which construction of such Material Project

18

commences and for each fiscal quarter thereafter until the Commercial Operation Date of such Material Project (including the fiscal quarter in which such Commercial Operation Date occurs, but net of any actual Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project following such Commercial Operation Date); provided that if the actual Commercial Operation Date does not occur by the scheduled Commercial Operation Date, then the foregoing amount shall be reduced, for quarters ending after the scheduled Commercial Operation Date to (but excluding) the first full quarter after its actual Commercial Operation Date, by the following percentage amounts depending on the period of delay (based on the period of actual delay or then-estimated delay, whichever is longer): (i) 90 days or less, 0%, (ii) longer than 90 days, but not more than 180 days, 25%, (iii) longer than 180 days but not more than 270 days, 50%, (iv) longer than 270 days, but not more than 365 days, 75% and (v) longer than 365 days, 100%; and

(ii) beginning with the first full fiscal quarter following the Commercial Operation Date of a Material Project and for the two immediately succeeding fiscal quarters, an amount to be approved by the Administrative Agent as the projected Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project (determined in the same manner as set forth in clause (i) above) for the balance of the four full fiscal quarter period following such Commercial Operation Date, which may, at Borrower’s option, be added to actual Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarters (but net of any actual Consolidated EBITDA attributable to such Material Project following such Commercial Operation Date).

“Material Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11(c).

“Material Subsidiary” means, at any time, each of the following: (a) QEP Gathering I, LLC, (b) Rendezvous Gas, and (b) each other Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary at such time.

“Maturity Date” means August 14, 2018; provided that the Maturity Date for any Swing Line Loan shall be the earlier of such date and five Business Days after such Swing Line Loan is made.

“Minimum Collateral Amount” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to the Fronting Exposure of the L/C Issuers with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time and (b) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuers in their sole discretion.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means

(a) with respect to any Asset Sale or Casualty Event, the cash proceeds (including cash proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of noncash consideration initially received), net of:

(i) selling expenses (including reasonable broker’s fees or commissions, legal fees, transfer and similar Taxes and the Borrower’s good faith estimate of income Taxes paid or payable by the Borrower in connection with such sale),

19

(ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against (x) any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale or Casualty Event or (y) any other liabilities retained by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries associated with the properties sold or transferred in such Asset Sale or Casualty Event (provided that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds);

(iii) Borrower’s good faith estimate of payments required to be made with respect to unassumed liabilities relating to the properties sold or transferred within 90 days of such Asset Sale or Casualty Event (provided that, to the extent such cash proceeds are not used to make payments in respect of such unassumed liabilities within 90 days of such Asset Sale or Casualty Event, such cash proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds);

(iv) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness for borrowed money which is secured by a Permitted Lien on the properties sold or transferred in such Asset Sale or Casualty Event and which is repaid with such proceeds (other than any such Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such properties); and

(v) in the case of a Casualty Event, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the collection of proceeds, awards or other compensation in respect of a Casualty Event;

provided, however, that, if the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer to the Administrative Agent not later than the seventh Business Day following the receipt by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such cash proceeds setting forth the Borrower’s intent to reinvest (or to cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to reinvest) such proceeds in productive assets of a kind then used or usable in the business of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or 100% of the Equity Interests of any entity that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary hereunder that owns such productive assets) within 360 days of receipt of such proceeds and in each case such proceeds are used for such reinvestment within such 360 day period (or, if committed to be so used within such period, are so reinvested within a further 180 days thereafter) and (y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing at the time of such certificate or at the proposed time of the application of such proceeds, such proceeds shall not constitute Net Cash Proceeds except to the extent not so used at the end of such period, at which time such proceeds shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds; and

(b) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all Taxes and reasonable and customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.

“Non-Wholly Owned” when used with respect to a Subsidiary, means a Subsidiary that is not Wholly Owned.

“Note” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

“Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, Swing Line Loan or Letter of Credit and including all L/C Obligations, whether such Obligations are direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become

20

due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding; provided that solely with respect to any Loan Party that is not an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act, Excluded Swap Obligations of such Loan Party shall in any event be excluded from “Obligations” owing by such Loan Party. It is expressly agreed that Obligations under Swap Contracts shall not be treated as Obligations for purposes of the provisions for acceleration in Article VIII and for adjustments and set-off in Section 11.08.

“OFAC” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed solely as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 11.14).

“Outstanding Amount” means (i) with respect to Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date; and (iii) with respect to Swing Line Loans, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowing or repayment of Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date.

“Parent Guarantor” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).

“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(f).

21

“Payment In Full” means payment in full in cash of all Secured Obligations (other than contingent obligations for which no claim has been made), termination of the Commitments of all Lenders and L/C Issuers, and termination of all Letters of Credit (or Cash Collateralization thereof as acceptable to the applicable L/C Issuers).

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

“Pension Funding Rules” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended (“Pension Act”), Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Section 412, 430, 431, 432, and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

“Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

“Permitted Acquisition” means the acquisition by a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of assets of a Person constituting a line of business of such Person, or not less than 100% of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of a Person (each such Person being referred to herein as the “Acquired Entity”), whether from QRI or a Subsidiary thereof or from any other Person; provided that (a) at the time of such acquisition (i) both immediately before and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (ii) immediately before and after consummating such acquisition, the Parent Guarantor shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenants; (iii) if the Acquired Entity becomes a Material Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition, the Borrower and any applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall comply, and shall cause the Acquired Entity to comply, with Section 6.11.

“Permitted Affiliate Acquisition” means the acquisition by a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary from QRI or a Subsidiary thereof of less than 100% of the Equity Interests or assets of a Person (each such Person being referred to herein as the “Acquired Entity”); provided that (a) at the time of such acquisition (i) both immediately before and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (ii) immediately before and after consummating such acquisition, the Parent Guarantor shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenants; (iii) all Equity Interests in the Acquired Entity that are not being acquired as part of such acquisition shall be owned by QRI or a Subsidiary thereof; (b) such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary shall pledge such Equity Interests to the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Collateral Document; and (c) the aggregate consideration for all Permitted Affiliate Acquisitions by all Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed $250,000,000.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within twelve months from the date of acquisition thereof;

22

(b) Investments in commercial paper maturing within twelve months from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within twelve months from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and demand, savings and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Administrative Agent or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any Affiliate of any Arranger or any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000 and that issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated at least “Prime-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or “A-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) above; and

(e) investments in “money market funds” within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, at least 95% of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(a) statutory Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges, statutory mechanics’, materialmen’s, carriers’, workman’s and warehousemen’s Liens, and other similar statutory Liens, provided that in each case under this subparagraph (a), such Liens secure only indebtedness, liabilities and obligations which are not delinquent for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are provided on the books of the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) Liens on the office facilities of the Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c) Liens to secure the Obligations;

(d) Liens on any property or asset existing prior to the acquisition thereof pursuant to an Acquisition by a Loan Party and Liens on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date if such Liens exist prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (i) such Liens secure only Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01(c), (ii) such Liens are not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) such Liens shall not apply to any other property or assets of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) such Liens shall secure only those obligations which it secured on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the foregoing, and (v) such Liens may not cover any Pipeline Real Property other than Pipeline Real Property acquired after the Closing Date pursuant to an Acquisition;

(e) (i) pledges of cash and cash equivalents incurred or deposits made to secure obligations (other than Indebtedness) under workers’ compensation laws or similar legislation or to secure public or statutory obligations, in each case in the ordinary course of business, or deductibles, self-insurance, insurance premiums, co-payment, coinsurance, retention and similar obligations to providers of insurance in respect of such obligations in the ordinary course of business; and

23

(ii) pledges of cash and cash equivalents to secure the obligations of any one or more Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Swap Contracts permitted by this Agreement, provided that the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents encumbered by Liens permitted by this clause (e)(ii) shall not exceed at any time $25,000,000;

(f) encumbrances consisting of easements, restrictions, servitudes, permits, conditions, covenants, exceptions or reservations in any Real Property of a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of roads, pipelines, transmission lines, transportation lines and distribution lines, or otherwise imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure Indebtedness or other monetary obligations and, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and do not materially impair the use of such property by such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary in the operation of its business and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto;

(g) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for debt for borrowed money), leases (other than Indebtedness) and surety bonds;

(h) Liens securing Indebtedness of one or more Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by Section 7.01(b) to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets, provided that (i) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, (iii) the amount of Indebtedness initially secured thereby is not more than 100% of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of such fixed or capital asset and (iv) such Liens may not cover any Pipeline Real Property other than Pipeline Real Property acquired after the Closing Date pursuant to an Acquisition;

(i) the interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;

(j) Liens with respect to judgments which do not result in an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(k) Liens not securing Indebtedness arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies and burdening only deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution, provided that no such deposit account is a dedicated cash collateral account or is subject to restrictions against access by the depositor in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the FRB and no such deposit account is intended by a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;

(l) (i) Liens on Equity Interests in an Unrestricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or its parent company that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is non-recourse to the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) Liens on Equity Interests in a Joint Venture, owned by a Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary, that are in favor of the other holders of Equity Interests in such Joint Venture to secure the performance of such Loan Party’s or Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under the joint venture agreement governing such joint venture;

24

(m) Liens constituting earnest money deposits made by a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement;

(n) Liens created or evidenced by or resulting from precautionary financing statements filed by lessors of property (but only related to the leased property), other than in connection with capital leases and sale and leaseback transactions; and

(o) Liens securing Indebtedness of one or more Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries, which Liens are not otherwise permitted by clauses (a) through (m) above, provided that (x) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness of all Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries secured thereby, when added to the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01(j) (without duplication), does not exceed at any time an amount equal to the greater of $20,000,000 and 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor, and (y) no such Liens shall encumber Pipeline Real Property;

provided that nothing in this definition shall in and of itself constitute or be deemed to constitute an agreement or acknowledgment by the Administrative Agent or any Lender that the Indebtedness subject to or secured by any such Permitted Lien ranks (apart from the effect of any Lien included in or inherent in any such Permitted Liens) in priority to the Obligations.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund (collectively, to “Refinance”), the Indebtedness being Refinanced (or previous refinancings thereof constituting Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided, that (i) the principal amount of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being Refinanced except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder; (ii) the average life to maturity of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is greater than or equal to that of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; (iii) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced; (iv) no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have different obligors, or greater guarantees or security, than the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and (v) at the time of incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

“Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01(e).

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

“Pipeline Real Property” shall mean all easements, rights of way, and other Real Property or other interests therein comprising any part of the pipelines, including transmission pipelines and gathering pipelines, of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or upon which any part of such transmission and/or gathering pipelines has been built, passes over or through or which is used in or reasonably necessary for the operation thereof.

25

“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

“Pro Forma Compliance” means, on any date (the “Determination Date”) when used in connection with the Financial Covenants, that the Parent Guarantor is in compliance with the covenant levels set forth in Section 7.13 as of the most recent Quarter-End Date, in each case calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) Indebtedness as of such date of determination and any incurrence of Indebtedness on the Determination Date and (ii) any Acquisition occurring after such Quarter-End Date, in each case, as if such events had occurred on the first day of the four fiscal quarter period ended on such Quarter-End Date.

“Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to each Lender at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitment of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments at such time; provided that if the commitment of each Lender to make Credit Extensions and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof. The initial Pro Rata Share of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

“Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

“QEPM Gathering” means QEPM Gathering I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“QRI” means QEP Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“QRI Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement referenced in Section 4.02(i).

“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant Lien becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other Person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Qualified Notes Offering” means issuance by the Parent Guarantor or the Borrower of unsecured Indebtedness that satisfies the requirements of Section 7.01(e) and the gross proceeds of which equal $200,000,000 or more.

“Qualifying Acquisition” shall mean any Acquisition by the Parent, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary for a purchase price in excess of $50,000,000.

“Quarter-End Date” means the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Parent Guarantor most recently ended for which financial statements are available to the Parent Guarantor or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b).

26

“Real Property” means, collectively, all right, title and interest in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned or leased by any Person, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

“Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any L/C Issuer, as applicable.

“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c).

“Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1, under the Exchange Act, of the Parent Guarantor filed with the SEC on May 9, 2013 as amended by all changes thereto filed prior to the Execution Date, including the exhibits filed therewith, as amended and supplemented by Acceptable Changes.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

“Remaining Present Value” shall mean, as of any date with respect to any lease, the present value as of such date of the scheduled future lease payments with respect to such lease, determined with a discount rate equal to a market rate of interest for such lease reasonably determined at the time such lease was entered into.

“Rendezvous Gas” means Rendezvous Gas Services, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company.

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

“Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Loans, a Loan Notice, and (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Borrowing, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

“Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the commitment of each Lender to make Credit Extensions and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

“Responsible Officer” of a Person means the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer of such Person (or, in the case of a Partnership, of its general partner or in the case of the Borrower, to the extent the Borrower is managed by the Parent Guarantor, of the Parent Guarantor). Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party. Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, references to “Responsible Officer” shall mean “Responsible Officer of the Borrower”.

27

“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other equity interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other equity interest or of any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such capital stock or other equity interest.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

“Sanctioned Country” means a country subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/Programs/ Pages/Programs.aspx, or as otherwise published from time to time.

“Sanctioned Person” means (a) a Person named on the list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions /SDN-List/Pages/default.aspx, or as otherwise published from time to time, or (b) (i) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (ii) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (iii) a person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

“Secured Cash Management Agreement” means any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Cash Management Bank.

“Secured Hedge Agreement” means each Swap Contract entered into by and between any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person (a “Hedge Bank”) that is, at the time such Swap Contract is entered into, a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.

“Secured Obligations” means, collectively, (a) the Obligations and (b) all other advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement or under any Secured Cash Management Agreement, in each case including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding; provided that solely with respect to any Loan Party that is not an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act, Excluded Swap Obligations of such Loan Party shall in any event be excluded from “Secured Obligations” owing by such Loan Party.

“Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks.

28

“Security Agreements” means the Security Agreement dated as of even date with this Agreement, executed by the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, together with any other security agreements that may from time to time be executed in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, by any Person to secure the Secured Obligations, in each case which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

“Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

“Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means each of (i) Rendezvous Gas, for so long as Rendezvous Gas is a Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor and (ii) each Affiliate Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary, so long as such Subsidiary is a Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a direct or indirect Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means, at any time, each Subsidiary that is party to a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement as a Guarantor.

“Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement” means the guaranty agreement dated as of even date with this Agreement executed by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, and any other guaranty agreements that may from time to time be executed by any Subsidiary.

“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and

29

conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

“Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined by the counterparties to such Swap Contracts.

“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

“Swing Line Lender” means Wells Fargo Bank in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

“Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

“Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

“Swing Line Rate” means either (a) the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans or (b) a rate to be established as provided on Schedule 2.04, as selected by the Borrower and specified in the Swing Line Loan Notice.

“Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

“Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Threshold Amount” means $25,000,000.

“Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans, all L/C Obligations, and all Swing Line Loans.

“Transactions” means the Contribution and the IPO.

30

“Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Immaterial Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor that is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Borrower pursuant to a notice given to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.06. If at any time a Subsidiary that has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Material Subsidiary, from and after such time, such Subsidiary will cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary and shall be a Restricted Subsidiary as provided in Section 7.06(c)(iv). As of the Execution Date and as of the Closing Date, there are no Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in paragraph (ii)(B)(iii) of Section 3.01(g).

“Wells Fargo Bank” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and its successors.

“Wholly Owned”, when used with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, means that all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary are directly or indirectly (through one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) owned by such Person, excluding directors’ qualifying shares that are required to be held by directors under applicable law.

“Withholding Agent” means any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions.

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) (i) The words “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(iii) The terms “include”, “includes” “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(iv) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

31

(v) The words “asset” and “property” (and plural forms thereof) shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts, contract rights, and Equity Interests.

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(d) Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns.

(e) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03 Accounting Terms.

(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Initial Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio, covenant in respect of Indebtedness or other requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Parent Guarantor shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, and (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.

1.04 Rounding.

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

32

1.05 References to Agreements and Laws.

Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

1.06 Times of Day.

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.07 Letter of Credit Amounts.

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to mean the maximum face amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all increases thereof contemplated by such Letter of Credit or the Issuer Documents related thereto, whether or not such maximum face amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE II.

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01 Loans.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Loan”) in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01. Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

(a) Each Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans; provided, however, that if the Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one week or one, two or three months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period,” the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.03(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal

33

amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

(b) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.03 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.02), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Wells Fargo Bank with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date the Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings or Swing Line Loans outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings or Swing Line Loans, and second, shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.

(d) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten Interest Periods in effect with respect to Loans.

2.03 Letters of Credit.

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitments.

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit in Dollars for the account of any Loan Party, Subsidiary or Joint Venture, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of any

34

Loan Party, Subsidiary or Joint Venture and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. The obligations of the L/C Issuers under this Agreement are several and not joint. No L/C Issuer shall be responsible for any actions or any failure to act by or on the part of any other L/C Issuer.

(ii) A L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:

(A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

(B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

(iii) A L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if the L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it would exceed, after giving effect to the requested Letter of Credit, such L/C Issuer’s L/C Commitment, or if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws or one or more policies of such L/C Issuer;

(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial face amount less than $500,000;

(D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;

35

(E) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or

(F) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, unless the Fronting Exposure of such L/C Issuer with respect to such Defaulting Lender (after giving effect to any reallocation pursuant to Section 2.15(d)) has been Cash Collateralized in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.

(iv) A L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if such L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(v) Such L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the applicable L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by such L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or, in the case of Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., at least five Business Days) (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to such L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of such requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as such L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as such L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to such L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as such L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.

(ii) Unless such L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with such L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices.

36

Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit by a L/C Issuer, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from such L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior written notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a specified day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received written notice on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.03 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

(iv) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that permits the automatic reinstatement of all or a portion of the stated amount thereof after any drawing thereunder (each, an “Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit”). Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer to permit such reinstatement. Once an Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit has been issued, except as provided in the following sentence, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to reinstate all or a portion of the stated amount thereof in accordance with the provisions of such Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit permits the L/C Issuer to decline to reinstate all or any portion of the stated amount thereof after a drawing thereunder by giving notice of such non-reinstatement within a specified number of days after such drawing (the “Non-Reinstatement Deadline”), the L/C Issuer shall not permit such reinstatement if it has received a notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Reinstatement Deadline (A) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such reinstatement or (B) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.03 is not then satisfied (treating such reinstatement as an L/C Credit Extension for purposes of this clause) and, in each case, directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such reinstatement.

(v) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

37

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by a L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “Honor Date”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 (other than the delivery of a Loan Notice). Any notice given by a L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Lender (including the Lender acting as L/C Issuer) shall upon any written notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such written notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

(iv) Until each Lender funds its Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

38

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of a L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

(e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse each L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), any L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

39

(iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such written notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. No L/C Issuer, no Agent-Related Person and none of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of all Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. No L/C Issuer, no Agent-Related Person, and none of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against a L/C Issuer, and a L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuers may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuers shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

40

(g) Cash Collateral. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if any L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit for any reason remains outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, the Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such L/C Borrowing or the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, as the case may be). At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or any L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize such L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 2.15(d) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.

(i) Grant of Security Interest. The Borrower, and to the extent Cash Collateral is provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lenders’ obligation to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, to be applied pursuant to clause (ii) below. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers as herein provided (other than any Permitted Liens), or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

(ii) Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.03(g) or Section 2.15 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

(iii) Termination of Requirement. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce one or more L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.03(g) following (A) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (B) the determination by the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer(s) that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to Section 2.15 the Person providing Cash Collateral and the L/C Issuers may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

(h) Applicability of ISP98. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit.

(i) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit). Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and (ii) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate

41

separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

(j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall pay directly to the applicable L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer in the amount specified in the Fee Letters, payable on the actual daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit). Such fronting fee shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the applicable L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(k) Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

(l) Letters of Credit Issued for Loan Parties, Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Loan Parties, Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures.

2.04 Swing Line Loans.

(a) The Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, to make loans in Dollars (each such loan, a “Swing Line Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and provided, further, that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

42

(b) Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $2,000,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans.

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.03. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 2:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative

43

Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.03. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

44

2.05 Prepayments.

(a) Optional.

(i) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

(ii) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (B) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof or if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(b) Mandatory.

(i) If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay or repay all outstanding Loans and Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) unless after the prepayment in full of the Loans and the Swing Line Loans, the Total Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect.

(ii) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales and Net Cash Proceeds of Casualty Events received by all Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries in a fiscal year exceeds five percent (5%) of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year, the Borrower shall apply an amount equal to 100% of such excess Net Cash Proceeds to prepay outstanding Loans and/or Cash Collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(iv).

45

(iii) In the event that the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness for money borrowed (other than any cash proceeds from the issuance of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.01) the Borrower shall within three Business Day following the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay outstanding Loans and/or Cash Collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(iv).

(iv) Mandatory prepayments under this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied first, to outstanding Loans and, second, to Cash Collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit on a pro rata basis, in each case, with no corresponding permanent reduction of the Commitments.

(v) Prepayments of Loans under this Section 2.05 shall be subject to Section 3.05, and, to the extent interest is required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.08(c), shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.

2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the (A) Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, or (C) the Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans would exceed the Swing Line Sublimit, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, as applicable, exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, as applicable, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments. Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Pro Rata Share. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination. Any reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit shall be applied to reduce the L/C Commitments of the L/C Issuers on a pro rata basis among them, unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower and all L/C Issuers.

2.07 Repayment of Loans and Swing Line Loans. The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding on such date. The Borrower shall repay to the Swing Line Lender the aggregate principal amount of each Swing Line Loan on the fifth Business Day after such Swing Line Loan is made.

2.08 Interest.

(a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall

46

bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the Outstanding Amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Swing Line Rate.

(b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan or Swing Line Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan or Swing Line Loan) payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan and Swing Line Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. In the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan or a Swing Line Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

2.09 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in subsections (i) and (j) of Section 2.03:

(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Loans (for the avoidance of doubt, other than the Swing Line Loans) and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears (i) promptly after Borrower receives notice of the amount of such commitment fee for such quarter, but not earlier than the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and (ii) on the Maturity Date. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

47

(b) Other Fees.

(i) The Borrower shall pay to the Arrangers and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letters. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees.

(a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Wells Fargo Bank’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day.

(b) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, the Borrower or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, the L/C Issuers or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, under Section 2.03(c)(iii), 2.03(i) or 2.08(b) or under Article VIII.

2.11 Evidence of Debt.

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

48

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

2.12 Payments Generally.

(a) All payments to be made by any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) If any payment to be made by any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c) (i) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in

49

reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuers, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 11.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(c).

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or it will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:

(i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), or (y) the application of Cash Collateral in accordance with this Agreement, or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

50

The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

2.14 Increase in Commitments.

(a) Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Borrower may from time to time, (with the approval of the Administrative Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $250,000,000; provided that any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000. To achieve the requested increase, the Borrower may ask one or more Lenders to increase their existing Commitments and/or invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, no Lender shall be obligated to increase its Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.14.

(b) If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “Increase Effective Date”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date. As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate dated as of the Increase Effective Date signed by a Responsible Officer (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.14, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.06(a) and 5.06(b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists. The Borrower shall prepay any Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05) if necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Pro Rata Shares arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.

(c) This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 11.01 to the contrary.

2.15 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Laws:

(a) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders, subject to the penultimate sentence of Section 11.01.

51

(b) Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuers or Swing Line Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize each L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.03(g); fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuers’ future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.03(g); sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers or Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, any L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Borrowings owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Borrowings owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 2.15(d). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.15(b) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(c) Certain Fees.

(i) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any Commitment Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(ii) Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of Credit Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Pro Rata Share of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.03(g).

(iii) With respect to any Commitment Fee or Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, the Borrower shall (A) pay to each non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations or Swing Line

52

Loans that has been reallocated to such non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.15(d), (B) pay to the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to the L/C Issuers’ or Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (C) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(d) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (i) the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (ii) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Outstanding Amount of any non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(e) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swing Line Loans. If the reallocation described in Section 2.15(d) cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, (i) first, prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure and (ii) second, Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuers’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(g).

(f) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuers agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments under this Agreement (without giving effect to Section 2.15(d)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(g) New Swing Line Loans/Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swing Line Loan and (ii) no L/C Issuer shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

(h) Replacement of Defaulting Lender. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender may be replaced in accordance with Section 11.14.

53

ARTICLE III.

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.01 Taxes.

(a) Defined Terms. For purposes of this Section 3.01, the term “Lender” includes each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

(b) Payments Free of Taxes.

Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(c) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(d) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that a Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.06(f) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

54

(f) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by a Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 3.01, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation.

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 3.01(g)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(i) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(ii) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

55

(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 or Exhibit E-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner.

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. For purposes of this Section 3.01(g), references to a Lender shall include the Administrative Agent.

56

(h) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 3.01 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(i) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

(j) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.01(b), or requires the Borrower to make any payments pursuant to Section 3.01(c), then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans and, if applicable, Letters of Credit hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01(b) or Section 3.01(c) in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. If the Borrower requests a Lender to designate a different Lending Office or assign its rights and obligations to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, the Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. Subject to the foregoing, Lenders agree to use reasonable efforts to select lending offices which will minimize taxes and other costs and expenses for the Borrower.

3.02 Illegality.

(a) If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on

57

the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

(b) If Export Development Corporation as a Lender (“EDC”) determines, acting reasonably, that any applicable law of the United States or any State thereof has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for EDC as a Lender to hold or benefit from a Lien on Real Property pursuant to any law of the United States or any State thereof, EDC may notify the Administrative Agent and may disclaim any benefit of such security interest to the extent of such illegality, but such determination or disclaimer shall not invalidate, render unenforceable or otherwise adversely affect in any manner such Lien for the benefit of any other Lender or other holder of Secured Obligations.

3.03 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or that the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

3.04 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e)) or any L/C Issuer;

(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, continuing, converting to or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its

58

obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or a L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan, and of each Base Rate Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Rate, equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 15 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 15 days from receipt of such notice.

3.05 Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

59

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.14;

including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

3.06 Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation.

(a) A certificate of the Administrative Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, the Administrative Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) Upon any Lender’s making a claim for compensation under Section 3.01 or 3.04 or if the Borrower is required to pay any amount for the account of any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01, the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.14.

3.07 Survival. All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE IV.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

4.01 Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement (Execution Date). This Agreement shall be effective upon satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 11.01) of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.01; provided that the obligations of the Lenders to make Credit Extensions hereunder are subject to satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 11.01) of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 and Section 4.03:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each dated the Execution Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Execution Date):

60

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, in the number requested by the Administrative Agent;

(ii) the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent: a certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the General Partner on behalf of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower certifying as to the incumbency and genuineness of the signature of each officer of the General Partner executing the Loan Documents and certifying that attached thereto is a true, correct and complete copy of (A) the certificate of limited partnership or formation of such party and all amendments thereto, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, (B) the limited partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or other governing document of such party as in effect on the Execution Date, and (C) resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or other governing body) of such party authorizing and approving the transactions contemplated hereunder and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(iii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the General Partner on behalf of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower stating that all governmental and regulatory approvals necessary in connection with execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect or stating that no such approvals are required; and

(iv) certificates evidencing existence and good standing of each Loan Party, issued by the applicable Governmental Authority of the state where each is organized.

(b) The Lenders shall have received such documentation and other information as may be required by them in order to enable compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the information required by the USA PATRIOT Act and information described in Section 11.19.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.03, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Execution Date specifying its objection thereto.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the Execution Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

4.02 Conditions of the Closing Date. The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to the occurrence of the Execution Date and satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 11.01) of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer to the extent required to be executed, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

61

(i) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

(ii) executed counterparts of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement;

(iii) executed counterparts of the Security Agreement and such other security agreements, if any, as may be required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.11, together with

(A) original stock certificates or other certificates evidencing the Equity Interests pledged pursuant thereto, an undated stock power for each such certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof and, in the case of a pledge of Equity Interests issued by a Person who is not a party to the Security Agreement, an acknowledgment of pledge executed by such Person;

(B) copies of the Organization Documents of each issuer of Equity Interests being pledged to the extent not previously delivered pursuant to Section 4.01;

(C) each original promissory note, if any, pledged pursuant to the Security Agreements together with an undated endorsement for each such promissory note duly executed in blank by the holder thereof;

(D) financing statements in form appropriate for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions in which the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Agreements, covering the Collateral, provided however that no mortgages or fixture filings shall be required to be filed in county recording offices;

(E) such UCC-3 termination statements as may be required in order to release Liens on the Collateral, if any, other than Liens permitted by this Agreement;

(F) such lien searches as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request; and

(G) evidence of the completion of such other actions that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created thereby;

(iv) a favorable opinion of (i) Latham & Watkins, LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, covering such matters concerning the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents and the Collateral as the Arrangers may reasonably request, (ii) Colorado counsel to the Loan Parties, covering such matters concerning any Loan Party organized in Colorado as the Arrangers may reasonably request and (iii) Utah and Wyoming counsel to the Loan Parties, covering the transmitting utility financing statements to be filed in each such state, in the case of each opinion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers;

(v) financial projections of the Borrower and the Acquired Businesses through December 31, 2015, prepared on a basis consistent with the financial projections of the Borrower and the Acquired Businesses delivered to the Arrangers prior to the Closing Date; and

(vi) certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement, naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, delivered together with a certificate of a

62

Responsible Officer of the General Partner on behalf of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower (which may be combined with the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(b)(iii)) certifying that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement has been obtained and is in effect.

(b) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer to the extent required to be executed, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of government officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) a certificate of a secretary or assistant secretary of the General Partner on behalf of each Loan Party certifying as to the incumbency and genuineness of the signature of each officer of the General Partner executing the Loan Documents and certifying that attached thereto is a true, correct and complete copy of each of the following, or certifying that such documents were delivered on the Execution Date and certifying that since such date there have been no changes thereto: (A) the articles or certificate of limited partnership or formation of such Loan Party and all amendments thereto, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, (B) the limited partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or other governing document of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date, (C) resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or other governing body) of the General Partner authorizing and approving the transactions contemplated hereunder and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party; and

(ii) certificates evidencing valid existence and good standing of each Loan Party, issued by the applicable governmental authority of the state where each is organized;

(iii) a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the General Partner on behalf of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower certifying

(A) that each of the Borrower and the Parent Guarantor (on a Consolidated basis together with its Consolidated Subsidiaries) is Solvent on such date after giving effect to the Transactions;

(B) that, both before and immediately after giving effect to the Transactions, no Default exists on such date;

(C) that, both before and immediately after giving effect to the Transactions and the incurrence of Indebtedness on such date, if any, the representations and warranties contained in Article V are true and correct on and as of such date;

(D) that a true and correct copy of each Material Agreement either (i) has been filed with the SEC by the Parent Guarantor as exhibits to its Registration Statement as in effect on the date of the IPO (with certain terms thereof having been redacted as permitted by applicable SEC regulations) or (ii) is attached to such certificate; and

(E) as to the matters set forth in paragraphs (e) through (i) of this Section 4.02, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

63

(c) The Parent Guarantor shall have delivered the Initial Financial Statements to the Administrative Agent, which delivery may be accomplished by the filing of the Registration Statement containing such financial statements.

(d) The Joint Bookrunners shall be reasonably satisfied with the material terms of the agreements (other than the Underwriting Agreement) filed by the Parent Guarantor with the SEC as exhibits to its Registration Statement as in effect on the date of the IPO (it being understood and agreed that the material terms of any such documents described in detail in the Registration Statement as so described or otherwise provided to the Lenders and the Arrangers prior to the Execution Date shall be deemed to be reasonably satisfactory).

(e) The Contribution and the IPO shall have been, or contemporaneously with the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 11.01) of the other conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.02 are being, consummated in all material respects as described in the Registration Statement in compliance in all material respects with applicable law and regulatory approvals.

(f) All partnership and company, governmental and applicable material third-party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions shall have been obtained.

(g) There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2012 any event or condition that has had or would reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including the assets or business to be contributed to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Contribution and IPO), financial condition, or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(h) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, there is no litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation, proceeding or inquiry as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination which (i) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which seeks to prevent, enjoin or delay the Contribution or IPO or the making of the initial Credit Extensions.

(i) The Credit Agreement dated as of August 25, 2011 among QRI, Wells Fargo Bank, as administrative agent, and the lenders and letter of credit issuers parties thereto and the Term Loan Agreement dated as of April 18, 2012 among QRI, Wells Fargo Bank, as administrative agent, and the lenders parties thereto, shall have been amended, or are being amended effective on the Closing Date, to the extent necessary to permit the Contribution and IPO.

(j) To the extent not previously delivered, the Lenders shall have received such documentation and other information as may be required by them in order to enable compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the information required by the USA PATRIOT Act including information required by the Act and information described in Section 11.19.

(k) The Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall have received all fees and expenses that are due and payable by the Borrower on or before the Closing Date, including fees payable to the Lenders, and including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all expenses (including, without limitation, Attorney Costs of one firm as counsel to the Administrative Agent) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

64

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.03, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.02, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 11.01) at or prior to 5 p.m., New York City time, on the ninetieth (90^th) day after the Execution Date (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).

4.03 Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only the conversion of Loans from one Type to another or the continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor and the other Loan Parties contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under or in connection with this Agreement, shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.03(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.06(b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01.

(b) No Default shall exist or would result from such proposed Credit Extension.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the applicable L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.03(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

ARTICLE V.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

5.01 No Default. No event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default.

65

5.02 Organization and Good Standing. Each Loan Party and each of its Material Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization, having all powers required to carry on its business and enter into and carry out the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Loan Party and each of its Material Subsidiaries is duly qualified, in good standing, and authorized to do business in all other jurisdictions wherein the character of the properties owned or held by it or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such qualification necessary, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.03 Authorization. Each Loan Party has duly taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery by it of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to authorize the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and the performance of its obligations thereunder. The Borrower is duly authorized to borrow funds hereunder.

5.04 No Conflicts or Consents. The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, the performance of its obligations under such Loan Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, do not and will not (a) conflict with any provision of (i) any Law, (ii) the Organization Documents of any Loan Party, or (iii) any material agreement, judgment, license, order or permit applicable to or binding upon any Loan Party, (b) result in the acceleration of any material Indebtedness owed by any Loan Party, or (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any assets or properties of any Loan Party, except as expressly contemplated or permitted in the Loan Documents. Except as expressly contemplated in the Loan Documents and, with respect to the Contribution, except as described in the Registration Statement, no material consent, approval, authorization or order of, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party or to consummate any transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

5.05 Enforceable Obligations. This Agreement is, and the other Loan Documents when duly executed and delivered will be, legal, valid and binding obligations of each Loan Party that is a party thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar Laws of general application relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

5.06 Financial Statements.

(a) The Initial Financial Statements (i) fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Acquired Businesses at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and consolidated cash flows of the Acquired Businesses for the respective periods thereof, and (ii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof that are required to be disclosed under GAAP. The Initial Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP.

66

(b) Beginning with the initial delivery of the financial information required under Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b), the financial information delivered by the Parent Guarantor pursuant to such Sections (i) was prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly presents, in all material respects, the Parent Guarantor’s Consolidated financial condition as of the date thereof and the results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of interim statements, to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end adjustments.

(c) Since December 31, 2012, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.07 Full Disclosure. No certificate, statement or other information delivered herewith or heretofore by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or in connection with any transaction contemplated hereby, taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact known to any Loan Party (other than industry-wide risks normally associated with the types of businesses conducted by the Loan Parties) necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading as of the date made or deemed made, provided that, with respect to any projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable at the time (it being recognized, however, that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by any projections may materially differ from the projected results). There is no fact known to any Loan Party (other than industry-wide risks normally associated with the types of businesses conducted by the Loan Parties) that has not been disclosed by the Loan Parties to each Lender in writing which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.08 Litigation. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, there are no actions, suits or legal, equitable, arbitrative or administrative proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower threatened, against any one or more Loan Parties or Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there are no outstanding judgments, injunctions, writs, rulings or orders by any such Governmental Authority against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.09 Labor Disputes and Acts of God. Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.09, neither the business nor the properties of any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance), which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate has fulfilled its obligations under the Pension Funding Rules with respect to each Pension Plan, except to the

67

extent that such noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party and no ERISA Affiliate has (a) sought a waiver of the minimum funding standard under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of any Plan, (b) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or made any amendment to any Plan that has resulted or could result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under ERISA or the Code, or (c) incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA that are not past due.

5.11 Environmental and Other Laws. Except for matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law or (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability.

5.12 Borrower’s Subsidiaries; Equity Investments. As of the Execution Date and as of the Closing Date, neither the Parent Guarantor nor the Borrower has (a) any Subsidiaries other than those disclosed on Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (to the extent applicable) and are owned by the Loan Party indicated on Schedule 5.12, or (b) any equity investment in any other entity other than those disclosed on Schedule 5.12.

5.13 Title to Properties; Licenses. Each Loan Party and Material Subsidiary has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, its properties and assets material to its business, except for any failure, defect or other matter that would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of each Loan Party and Material Subsidiary material to the conduct of its business is free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Each Loan Party and Material Subsidiary possesses all licenses, permits, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names, and other intellectual property (or otherwise possesses the right to use such intellectual property without violation of the rights of any other Person) which are reasonably necessary to carry out its business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted hereafter, and no Loan Party or Material Subsidiary is in violation in any material respect of the terms under which it possesses such intellectual property or the right to use such intellectual property, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.14 Government Regulation.

(a) No Loan Party or Subsidiary is engaged, or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit will be used for purchasing or carrying margin stock or for any purpose which violates the provision of Regulation T, U or X of the FRB.

(b) No Loan Party or Subsidiary is subject to regulation under any Law which regulates the incurring by such Person of Indebtedness. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or regulated by, The Investment Company Act of 1940.

68

5.15 Solvency. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, and the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, are Solvent.

5.16 Compliance with Laws and Material Agreements. Each Loan Party and Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance with (a) all Laws applicable to it or its property or assets and (b) all Material Agreements, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.17 Taxes. Each Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, are disclosed on the financial statements of the Parent Guarantor and, if required by GAAP, for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18 OFAC. No Loan Party or any Subsidiary (i) is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), (ii) is in violation of (A) the Trading with the Enemy Act, (B) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (C) the PATRIOT Act, (iii) is a Sanctioned Person or (iv) has more than 10% of its assets in Sanctioned Countries. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used directly or indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country.

5.19 Insurance. Schedule 5.19 sets forth an accurate description of all insurance maintained by the Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have been duly paid. The Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries have insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are in accordance with normal industry practice.

5.20 Collateral Documents. Each Collateral Document creates in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, each Loan Party’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral therein described, and when all appropriate filings or recordings are made in the appropriate offices as may be required under applicable Laws, such Collateral Document will constitute First Priority fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of it in such Collateral, in each case with no other Liens except for Liens that are permitted pursuant to this Agreement.

69

ARTICLE VI.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that until the full and final payment of the Obligations (other than contingent Obligations for which no claim has been made), termination of the Commitments of all Lenders and L/C Issuers, and termination of all Letters of Credit (or Cash Collateralization thereof as acceptable to the applicable L/C Issuer):

6.01 Books, Financial Statements and Reports. The Parent Guarantor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in which full and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. The Parent Guarantor will furnish the following statements and reports to the Administrative Agent (which shall make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practices) and at the Parent Guarantor’s expense:

(a) Within five (5) Business Days after the date required to be delivered to the SEC, but no later than ninety-five (95) days after the end of each fiscal year, complete consolidated financial statements of the Parent Guarantor together with all notes thereto, which shall be prepared in reasonable detail in accordance with GAAP and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, together with an unqualified opinion based on an audit using generally accepted auditing standards, by an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, stating that such consolidated financial statements have been so prepared. These financial statements shall contain a consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and consolidated statements of earnings, of cash flows, and of changes in shareholders’ equity for such fiscal year, each setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year. On the date of delivery of such financial statements to Administrative Agent, the Parent Guarantor will furnish to Administrative Agent a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower, stating that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Parent Guarantor, stating that such Person has reviewed the Loan Documents, containing all calculations required to be made to show compliance or non-compliance with the Financial Covenants, containing the information required by Section 6.01(d) and further stating that there is no condition or event at the end of such fiscal year or at the time of such certificate which constitutes a Default or specifying the nature and period of existence of any such condition or event.

(b) Within five (5) Business Days after the date required to be delivered to the SEC, but no later than fifty (50) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Parent Guarantor, starting with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2013, the Parent Guarantor’s consolidated balance sheet and income statement as of the end of such fiscal quarter and a consolidated statement of cash flows for the period from the beginning of the then current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments. In addition, the Parent Guarantor will, together with each such set of financial statements, furnish a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower stating that such financial statements are accurate and complete (subject to normal year-end adjustments), stating that such Person has reviewed the Loan Documents, containing the calculations required to be made to show compliance or noncompliance with the provisions of the Financial Covenants, containing the information required by Section 6.01(d) and further stating that there is no condition or event at the end of such fiscal quarter or at the time of such certificate which constitutes a Default or specifying the nature and period of existence of any such condition or event.

70

(c) Promptly upon their becoming available, the Parent Guarantor shall provide copies of all registration statements, periodic reports and other statements and schedules filed by the Parent Guarantor with any securities exchange, the SEC or any similar Governmental Authority.

(d) Each Compliance Certificate shall contain

(i) with respect to any financial statements relating to a period during which any Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor, a reasonably detailed reconciliation of each of the components reflected in the calculations of compliance with Financial Covenants to the corresponding amounts set forth in such financial statements;

(ii) a statement by a Responsible Officer certifying that the Schedules attached to the Security Agreements are accurate and complete in all material respects, and attaching any changes thereto that may be needed to make them accurate and complete in all material respects; and

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a), (b), or (c) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the earlier of (i) the date on which the Parent Guarantor posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Parent Guarantor’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02 or at http://www.sec.gov or (ii) the date on which such documents are posted on the Parent Guarantor’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Parent Guarantor shall deliver electronic or paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent if requested and (ii) the Parent Guarantor shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Parent Guarantor shall be required to provide electronic copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Sections 6.01(a) and (b) to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Parent Guarantor with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower or other Loan Parties hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks, Debt Domain, Syndtrak or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Parent Guarantor or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” each Loan Party shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to any Loan Party or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07);

71

(y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.”

6.02 Other Information and Financial Records; Inspections. Each Loan Party agrees to (a) keep proper books of record and accounts as may be required or necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP; (b) furnish to each Lender any information which Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request concerning any covenant, provision or condition of the Loan Documents or any matter in connection with the businesses and operations of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries; and (c) permit, and cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit, representatives appointed by Administrative Agent or any Lender (including independent accountants, auditors, agents, attorneys, appraisers and any other representatives), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect during normal business hours any of the properties, to examine its books of account and other books and records, to make copies thereof, to write down and record any information such representatives obtain, and to discuss its affairs, finance and accounts with its officers, employees and independent accountants. In the absence of an Event of Default, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 11.04, the Borrower shall not be required to pay for more than one such visit in any year.

6.03 Notice of Material Events; Notice of Changes in Certain Information Pertaining to the Collateral. The Borrower will promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing (and Administrative Agent shall make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practices), stating that such notice is being given pursuant to this Agreement, of:

(a) the occurrence of any event (including, without limitation, (i) any default by a Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary under a Contractual Obligation, (ii) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority affecting a Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary, or (iii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event) which has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) the occurrence of any Event of Default; and

(c) any change in any Loan Party’s (i) legal name, (ii) jurisdiction of organization or formation, (iii) form of entity, or (iv) Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. The Borrower agrees to make all filings under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order for the Administrative Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral to the same extent as before such change.

Each notice delivered under Section 6.03(a) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

72

6.04 Maintenance of Properties. Each Loan Party will, and will cause its Material Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good, working condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.05 Maintenance of Existence and Qualifications. Each Loan Party will maintain its legal existence and good standing under the laws of its state of organization. Each Loan Party (a) will cause its Material Subsidiaries to maintain their existence and good standing under the laws of the state of their organization, (b) will take, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to take, all reasonable steps to maintain the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business, except, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), any failure to maintain, preserve or qualify that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 7.07 or (ii) a termination of such existence, good standing, rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises of any Material Subsidiary if the Borrower determines in good faith that such termination is in the best interest of the Borrower and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 Payment of Obligations. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (b) such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

6.07 Insurance. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,

(a) Maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks, including property and casualty insurance and comprehensive general liability insurance, in each case as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations;

(b) (i) Cause such property insurance covering Collateral to name the Administrative Agent as loss payee; (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the policy or policies evidencing such insurance to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to provide that such policy or policies shall not be canceled or not renewed (A) by reason of nonpayment of premium upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent or (B) for any other reason upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent;

(c) Cause such comprehensive general liability insurance to name the Administrative Agent as an additional insured;

(d) To the extent Collateral under a mortgage consists of buildings or mobile homes located on Real Property covered by such mortgage, provide the Administrative Agent with a standard flood hazard determination form for such property and if any such property is located in an area designated a

73

“flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), obtain flood insurance in such amount as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably require to ensure compliance with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973; and

(e) Upon request by the Administrative Agent, deliver a certificate or certificates of insurance evidencing insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Section 6.07.

6.08 Compliance with Law.

(a) Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except in such circumstances in which (a) a requirement of Law or the necessity to comply therewith is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, or (b) the failure to comply therewith would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Without limiting the obligations of the Loan Parties under Section 6.08(a), each Loan Party will, and will cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all Environmental Laws applicable to its or their business, operations and properties; obtain and maintain in full force and effect all material authorizations, registrations, licenses and permits required pursuant to Environmental Law for its business, operations and properties; and perform any investigation, remedial action or cleanup as required pursuant to Environmental Laws, except, in each case with respect to this Section 6.08(b), to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

6.09 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions for working capital, capital expenditures, Acquisitions and other general corporate purposes, including distributions, not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document. No part of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that violates any of Regulations T, U or X.

6.10 Subordination of Intercompany Indebtedness. All Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted by Section 7.01(f) shall be subject to subordination provisions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

6.11 Additional Material Subsidiaries; Collateral. Each Loan Party agrees to, and will cause its Material Subsidiaries to:

(a) Collateral. Cause (x) all present and future Equity Interests now or hereafter owned by the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower and each present and future Material Subsidiary and (y) all other material tangible and intangible property, other than Excluded Property, now or hereafter owned by the Parent, the Borrower and each present and future respective Material Subsidiary, to be subject at all times to perfected First Priority Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent to secure the Secured Obligations pursuant to the terms and conditions of Collateral Documents, provided, however, that the foregoing requirements in this paragraph shall not apply to any Specified Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary unless and until it is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, and provided further that

74

(i) No mortgages or fixture filings in county records will be required to be executed or recorded on or with respect to pipelines, Pipeline Real Property or other owned or leased Real Property except as provided in Section 6.11(c) with respect to Material Real Property as therein described, provided that transmitting utility Uniform Commercial Code financing statements may be filed in state central filing offices;

(ii) Control agreements will not be required with respect to deposit accounts, securities accounts and commodities accounts;

(iii) A Lien on Equity Interests evidencing ownership of a Joint Venture will not be required for so long as and to the extent that the Joint Venture Organization Documents prohibit such pledge, and a Lien on Equity Interests evidencing ownership of an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be required if and for so long as (i) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary and the Organization Documents of such Unrestricted Subsidiary prohibit such pledge or (ii) such Equity Interests are required to be pledged to secure debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or its parent company that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary) and the terms of such other pledge prohibit a lien to secure the Secured Obligations;

(iv) with respect to owned vehicles, rail cars and similar collateral for which perfection of Liens would require taking possession of, or noting Liens on, a certificate of title, Liens on such assets need not be perfected;

(v) Liens on assets will not be required, and/or perfection of Liens will not be required, in circumstances where the Administrative Agent and the Borrower agree that the cost of obtaining (or perfecting, as applicable) a Lien on such assets is materially disproportionate in relation to the benefit to the Secured Parties afforded thereby.

(b) Additional Material Subsidiaries. Notify the Administrative Agent if any of the following occurs (each, a “New Material Subsidiary Event”) (i) any entity (other than Rendezvous Gas or an Affiliate Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary) becomes a Material Subsidiary, (ii) any Material Subsidiary (other than Rendezvous Gas or an Affiliate Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary) is created or acquired or otherwise becomes owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor or (iii) Rendezvous Gas becomes, or any Affiliate Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary becomes, a Wholly Owned Subsidiary. Promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days (or such greater number of days as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent)) after such New Material Subsidiary Event, cause such Material Subsidiary (in the case of clause (i) or (ii)), or cause Rendezvous Gas or such Affiliate Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary if it is a Material Subsidiary at such time (in the case of clause (iii)), to (i) become a Subsidiary Guarantor by delivering to the Administrative Agent a duly executed supplement to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably deem appropriate for such purpose, (ii) grant a Lien on assets and property owned by such Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.11(a) by delivering to the Administrative Agent a duly executed supplement to each Security Agreement or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably deem appropriate for such purpose and comply with the terms of each such Security Agreement, (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents, certificates and opinion of counsel, each of the type referred to in Section 4.02(b)(i) and (ii), as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, (iv) to the extent not previously delivered, deliver to the Administrative Agent such original stock or other certificates and stock or other transfer powers evidencing the Equity Interests issued by such Material Subsidiary and evidencing Equity Interests owned by such Material Subsidiary, (v) deliver to the Administrative Agent such updated Schedules to the Loan Documents as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to such Material Subsidiary, and (vi) deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

75

(c) Material Real Property. To the extent that any Material Real Property is acquired (which may be by completion of construction), in any transaction or series of related transactions, by a Loan Party or a Material Subsidiary during any fiscal quarter of the Parent Guarantor, within thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time agreed by the Administrative Agent) after a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered for such quarter under Section 6.01(a) or (b), deliver (i) a mortgage or deed of trust, (ii) any existing environmental reports, (iii) insurance certificates or certificates of the type referred to in Section 4.02(b)(i) to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, and (iv) other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with granting and perfecting a First Priority Lien on such Material Real Property in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. As used herein, “Material Real Property” means any processing plant, terminal, and any other Real Property (other than Pipeline Real Property) owned in fee by any Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary, or group of related tracts of Real Property (other than Pipeline Real Property), acquired (whether acquired in a single transaction or in a series of transactions) or owned by a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary having a fair market value (including the fair market value of improvements owned by any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary and located thereon) on such date of determination equal to $25.0 million or more.

6.12 Further Assurances. Execute any and all further documents, agreements and instruments, deliver any financing statements and take such further action (including filing financing statements) that may be required under applicable law, or that the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (acting through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request, for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the security interests required to be created pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

6.13 Keepwell Requirements. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 6.13 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 6.13, or otherwise under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until the full and final payment of the Obligations (other than contingent Obligations for which no claim has been made), termination of the Commitments of all Lenders and L/C Issuers, and termination of all Letters of Credit (or Cash Collateralization thereof as acceptable to the applicable L/C Issuer). Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 6.13 constitute, and this Section 6.13 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

ARTICLE VII.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that until the full and final payment of the Obligations (other than contingent Obligations for which no claim has been made), termination of the Commitments of all Lenders and L/C Issuers, and termination of all Letters of Credit (or Cash Collateralization thereof as acceptable to the applicable L/C Issuer):

76

7.01 Indebtedness. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, in any manner owe or be liable for Indebtedness except:

(a) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness (including capital lease obligations) of any one or more of the Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this Section 7.01(b), when added to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01(c) and the Remaining Present Value of all existing leases permitted by Section 7.03, shall not at any time exceed the greater of $70,000,000 and an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor;

(c) Indebtedness of any one or more of the Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries assumed in connection with any Acquisition after the Closing Date and Indebtedness of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date pursuant to an Acquisition and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing; provided that such Indebtedness exists prior to such Acquisition and is not created in contemplation thereof, and provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (c), when added to the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01(b) and the Remaining Present Value of all existing leases permitted by Section 7.03 shall not at any time exceed the greater of $70,000,000 and an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor;

(d) the Guarantee by any one or more of the Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of any one or more of the other Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries if such Indebtedness of such other Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 7.01; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

(e) unsecured Indebtedness of one or both of the Parent Guarantor and a Finance Subsidiary and unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower, provided that (A) immediately prior to and after giving effect to the issuance of such Indebtedness, no Default exists, (B) such Indebtedness does not mature or require any scheduled repayment, defeasance or redemption (or sinking fund therefor) of any principal amount thereof sooner than six (6) months after the Maturity Date, (C) the indenture or other agreement governing such Indebtedness does not contain (1) financial maintenance covenants that are more restrictive than as set forth in this Agreement, or (2) any other covenants or events of default that, taken as a whole, are more restrictive than those set forth in this Agreement, or (3) any mandatory prepayment or redemption provisions or other prepayments required as a result of a “change of control” or similar event or as a result of an asset sale, (D) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary, other than a Subsidiary Guarantor, (E) immediately before and after giving incurring such Indebtedness, the Parent Guarantor demonstrates Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenants, and (F) at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness, a Responsible Officer certifies to the Administrative Agent as to compliance with this Section 7.01(e);

77

(f) Indebtedness owed to any Loan Party provided that (i) any such Indebtedness shall be unsecured, (ii) any promissory note evidencing such Indebtedness shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreements, and (iii) such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to subordination terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(g) Indebtedness under Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.12;

(h) Indebtedness consisting of unpaid insurance premiums owing to insurance companies and insurance brokers incurred in connection with the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, warranty bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, labor bonds and completion or performance guarantees and similar obligations, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business and Indebtedness arising out of advances on trade receivables, customer prepayments and similar transactions in the ordinary course of business; and

(j) other Indebtedness of any one or more of the Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries not described in subsections (a) through (i) above; provided that the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Indebtedness permitted for all Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries under this subsection (j), when added to the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all outstanding Indebtedness of all Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries secured by Liens permitted by clause (o) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (without duplication), shall not at any time exceed an amount equal to the greater of $20,000,000 and 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor.

7.02 Limitation on Liens. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to (a) create, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of the properties or assets which a Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary now owns or hereafter acquires other than Permitted Liens (subject to Section 7.15 in the case of Pipeline Real Property); or (b) allow the filing or continued existence of any financing statement describing as collateral any of its or their respective assets or property, other than financing statements which describe only collateral subject to a Lien permitted under this Section and which name as secured party or lessor only the holder of such Lien.

7.03 Sale Lease-back Transactions. Each Loan Party agrees that it shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement pursuant to which it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred, unless (a) such transaction is entered into by a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) after giving effect to such sale or transfer and the execution and delivery of such lease, the Remaining Present Value of such lease and all other existing leases previously entered into as permitted by this Section 7.03, together with the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 7.01(b) and 7.01(c), shall not exceed the greater of $70,000,000 and an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor.

78

7.04 Line of Businesses. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage directly or indirectly in any material line of business other than the midstream oil and gas business, and any business substantially related or incidental thereto, in the United States.

7.05 Investments.

(a) Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make, purchase, acquire or hold any Investments except:

(i) Investments existing on the Closing Date in Restricted Subsidiaries, Unrestricted Subsidiaries and in Joint Ventures, in each case, as described in Schedule 7.05;

(ii) Investments made after the Closing Date in Equity Interests in Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries and in Rendezvous Gas;

(iii) Permitted Investments;

(iv) Investments constituting loans or advances permitted by Section 7.01(f);

(v) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01;

(vi) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted by Section 7.12;

(vii) (A) Permitted Acquisitions and (B) Permitted Affiliate Acquisitions;

(viii) Investments consisting of (A) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the granting of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, (B) Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors in order to prevent or limit loss, and (C) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) Investments made after the Closing Date in (A) Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (B) Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and (C) Joint Ventures, provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments permitted for all Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (a)(ix) shall not at any time exceed in the aggregate an amount equal to the greater of $50,000,000 and 7.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor; and

(x) other Investments not permitted by the foregoing clauses in this Section 7.05, provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments permitted for all Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (a)(x) shall not at any time exceed in the aggregate an amount equal to the greater of $30,000,000 and 4.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor.

(b) The Parent Guarantor shall not at any time directly own Equity Interests in any Person other than the Borrower and any Finance Subsidiaries.

79

7.06 Material Subsidiaries and Immaterial Subsidiaries; Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) Restricted Subsidiaries. Each Subsidiary shall be a Restricted Subsidiary unless it is designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to, and meets the requirements set forth in, this Section 7.06.

(b) Material Subsidiaries; Immaterial Subsidiaries.

(i) Each Subsidiary shall be a Material Subsidiary unless it is designated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 7.06(b) as an Immaterial Subsidiary. The Borrower may designate a Subsidiary as an Immaterial Subsidiary by written notice to the Administrative Agent, subject to compliance with the requirements set forth in the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary”.

(ii) If at any time any Subsidiary designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary fails to meet any of the requirements applicable to Immaterial Subsidiaries set forth in the definition thereof or set forth in this Section 7.06(b), it will thereafter cease to be an Immaterial Subsidiary.

(iii) The Borrower will not permit the aggregate Consolidated Total Assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries, or the aggregate Consolidated EBITDA of all Immaterial Subsidiaries, to exceed at any time the limits set forth in the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary”.

(c) Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(i) The Borrower may designate any Immaterial Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Guarantor or of the Borrower, certifying that such designation complies with the conditions set forth in this Section 7.06(c). No Material Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and at no time may any Material Subsidiary be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(ii) The Borrower may designate any Immaterial Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(iii) The designation of an Immaterial Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment in the Unrestricted Subsidiary on the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Parent Guarantor’s outstanding investment therein.

(iv) If at any time any Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Material Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary and will be a Restricted Subsidiary. Any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and the Parent Guarantor and Borrower will, and will cause such Subsidiary to, deliver the agreements, documents and other items required by Section 6.11.

(d) No Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary may guaranty or otherwise become liable in respect of any Indebtedness or other obligations of, grant any Lien on any of its property to secure any Indebtedness of or other obligation of, or provide any other form of credit support to, any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(e) No Unrestricted Subsidiary may, directly or indirectly, make any Investment in any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary

80

7.07 Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of All or Substantially All Assets. Each Loan Party agrees that it shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise Dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), except for transactions permitted by Section 7.11 and except that if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect hereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing then any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving Person, or (ii) the Parent Guarantor in a transaction in which the Parent Guarantor is the surviving Person, (iii) any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) any other Person in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Affiliate Acquisition if the surviving Person is a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (x) if a Loan Party is a party to such merger or consolidation then a Loan Party must be the surviving Person and (y) unless such merger or consolidation is permitted pursuant to Section 7.11, if a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is a party to such merger then a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary must be the surviving Person.

7.08 Transactions with Affiliates. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any of its Material Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) transactions on fair and reasonable terms, (b) transactions between or among two or more of the Loan Parties and the Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate, (c) investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 7.05(a)(ix) or (x), (d) the Contribution and the IPO, (e) transactions entered into with QRI and its Subsidiaries on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, that are fair and reasonable to the Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries, taking into account the totality of the relationship between the Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and QRI and its Subsidiaries, on the other, (f) transactions approved by the Conflicts Committee of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Parent Guarantor (or the equivalent successor body to such Conflicts Committee) and (g) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 7.14.

7.09 Restrictive Agreements. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any Material Subsidiary to, enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement and other Loan Documents) that limits the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary (i) to make Restricted Payments to the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (ii) to otherwise transfer property to the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (iii) to Guarantee the Obligations, provided, however, that:

(a) clause (ii) of this Section 7.09 shall not prohibit restrictions or conditions imposed by an agreement related to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property securing such Indebtedness;

(b) this Section 7.09 shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder;

(c) clause (ii) of this Section 7.09 shall not prohibit customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment or transfer thereof;

81

(d) clause (ii) of this Section 7.09 shall not prohibit customary provisions in Joint Venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures restricting the ability to pledge or otherwise transfer Equity Interests in such Joint Ventures; and

(e) this Section 7.09 shall not apply to prohibitions, restrictions or conditions contained in, or existing by reason of, any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) at the time such Restricted Subsidiary was merged or consolidated with or into, or acquired by, a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary or became a Restricted Subsidiary and not created in contemplation thereof.

7.10 ERISA. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Affiliate will incur any obligation to contribute to any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA.

7.11 Dispositions of Property. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Disposition except:

(a) (i) equipment which is worthless or obsolete or which is replaced by equipment of equal suitability and value and (ii) inventory which is sold in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Dispositions of property to a Loan Party or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;

(c) Investments permitted pursuant to Section 7.05;

(d) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(e) Dispositions in the form of licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others which do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries;

(f) Dispositions of cash equivalents and Permitted Investments for fair market value;

(g) Dispositions resulting from Casualty Events, provided that the Net Cash Proceeds of such Dispositions are applied in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.05(b) to the extent required by such Section;

(h) Dispositions of assets acquired in a Permitted Acquisition to the extent determined by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Guarantor to be non-core, immaterial, or ancillary to the Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ midstream oil and gas business, provided that the Net Cash Proceeds of such Dispositions are applied in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.05(b) to the extent required by such Section; and

(i) any Disposition not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.11, provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition no Default exists or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds of such Disposition are applied in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.05(b) to the extent required by such Section, (iii) no less than 75% of the consideration received for such Disposition shall be cash, and (iv) the aggregate sales price of all Dispositions made by all Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (i) during any fiscal year of the Parent Guarantor does not exceed ten percent (10%) of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor as of the last day of the previous fiscal year.

82

7.12 Swap Contracts. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Swap Contract, except (i) Swap Contracts entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary has actual or projected exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries), and (ii) other Swap Contracts permitted under the risk management policies approved by the Board of Directors (or equivalent governing body) of the General Partner from time to time and not subjecting any Loan Party or its Restricted Subsidiaries to material speculative risks.

7.13 Financial Covenants.

(a) Interest Coverage Ratio. The Parent Guarantor shall not permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.5 to 1.0 as of any Quarter-End Date (commencing with the first Quarter-End Date after the Closing Date).

(b) Total Leverage Ratio. Prior to consummation of a Qualified Notes Offering, the Parent Guarantor shall not permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to exceed 5.0 to 1.0 as of any Quarter-End Date (commencing with the first Quarter-End Date after the Closing Date), provided that if such Quarter-End Date is during an Acquisition Period, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio may not exceed 5.5 to 1.0 as of such Quarter-End Date. From and after consummation of a Qualified Notes Offering, the Parent Guarantor shall not permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to exceed 5.50 to 1.0 as of any Quarter-End Date.

(c) Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. From and after consummation of a Qualified Notes Offering, the Parent Guarantor shall not permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio to exceed 3.5 to 1.0 as of any Quarter-End Date (commencing with the first Quarter-End Date after the Closing Date).

7.14 Restricted Payments. The Parent Guarantor will not declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) Restricted Payments to the extent of the amount of “Available Cash” as defined in the Parent Guarantor’s Partnership Agreement in accordance with the terms of such Partnership Agreement;

(b) Restricted Payments in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds from the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor (other than Disqualified Equity); and

(c) Any purchase, redemption or other acquisition (on a pro rata basis with respect to all of its Equity Interests) of Equity Interests issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issuance (other than to a Subsidiary) by it of new Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity);

83

provided that no Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such declaration or at the time of such payment or would result therefrom.

7.15 Negative Pledge on Pipeline Real Property. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any portion of any Pipeline Real Property, other than Liens permitted by clauses (a), (d), (f), (h), (i) and (j) of the definition of Permitted Liens.

7.16 Modification, Terminations, etc. of Certain Other Indebtedness, Agreements and Organization Documents. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) permit any waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, release, cancellation or termination (other than a termination at the end of a term) of any Material Agreement if the effect of such waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, release, cancellation or termination, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) permit any supplement, modification or amendment to any Organization Documents of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary if such supplement, modification or amendment, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Lenders; or

(c) make, or agree or offer to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness, except for

(i) payments of regularly scheduled interest accrued thereon;

(ii) so long as no Default is continuing or would result therefrom, prepayments with the proceeds of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; or

(iii) payments in an amount not to exceed the amount of net cash proceeds received by the Parent Guarantor from the issuance, after the Closing Date, of common Equity Interests, provided that each such payment is made within one hundred twenty (120) days of receipt of such proceeds;

provided that, no such prepayments shall be made with the proceeds of Loans.

7.17 Fiscal Year. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, change its fiscal year-end from December 31.

7.18 Certain Covenants Pertaining to Rendezvous Gas. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.01, the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower each agree that they will not permit Rendezvous Gas to incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness for borrowed money; provided that the restrictions in this Section 7.18 shall not apply at any time when Rendezvous Gas is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

84

ARTICLE VIII.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.01 Events of Default. Each of the following events constitutes an Event of Default under this Agreement:

(a) The Borrower fails to pay (i) any amount of principal of any Loan, any L/C Obligation, or any Swing Line Loan when and as required to be paid herein, or (ii) any other amount due and payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document on the third Business Day after the date such amount becomes due;

(b) The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to duly observe, perform or comply with any term, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 6.02(b), 6.02(c), 6.03(b), Section 6.05 (with respect to maintenance of existence of the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor and QEPM Gathering) or Article VII;

(c) The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails (other than as referred to in subsections (a) or (b) above) to duly observe, perform or comply with any covenant, agreement, condition or provision of any Loan Document, and such failure remains unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days;

(d) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or in any document delivered in connection herewith shall prove to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on any date on or as of which made;

(e) This Agreement or any other Loan Document is asserted to be or at any time ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in any material respect as warranted in Section 5.05 for any reason other than its release or subordination by Administrative Agent;

(f) (i) Any one or more of the Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount;

85

(g) A Loan Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries or the General Partner:

(i) institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding; or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(ii) becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

(iii) there is issued or levied any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy;

(h) There is entered against any one or more of the Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect;

(i) Either (i) any failure to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of the Pension Funding Rules resulting in a liability in excess of the Threshold Amount exists with respect to any Pension Plan, whether or not waived by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, or (ii) any ERISA Event occurs with respect to any Pension Plan or any Multiemployer Plan and (A) with respect to a Pension Plan, the then current value of the accumulated benefit obligation of such Pension Plan exceeds the then current value of the assets of such Plan available for the payment of such benefit liabilities by more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) with respect to a Multiemployer Plan, the combined liability to such Multiemployer Plan is expected to be in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (C) in the case of an ERISA Event involving the withdrawal of a substantial employer from a Multiemployer Plan, the withdrawing employer’s proportionate share of such liability exceeds the Threshold Amount;

(j) A Change of Control occurs;

(k) Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after execution and delivery thereof, shall for any reason (other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the full and final payment of the Obligations (other than contingent Obligations for which no claim has been made), termination of the Commitments of all Lenders and L/C Issuers, and termination of all Letters of Credit (or Cash Collateralization thereof as acceptable to the applicable L/C Issuer)) cease to be valid and binding on any Loan Party or any such Person shall so state in writing; or

86

(l) any one or more Collateral Documents after delivery thereof ceases for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof or as permitted hereunder) to create a valid and perfected First Priority Lien (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.02) on Collateral purported to be covered thereby having in the aggregate a fair market value equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor.

8.02 Remedies upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and Swing Line Loans and any obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and Swing Line Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to 100% of the then Outstanding Amount thereof);

(d) enforce any and all security interests, Liens and other remedies pursuant to the Collateral Documents; and

(e) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in subsections (g)(i) or (g)(ii) of Section 8.01 with respect to the Borrower or the Parent Guarantor, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and Swing Line Loans and all obligations of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and Swing Line Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer.

8.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of Secured Obligations and all net proceeds from the enforcement of Secured Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

(a) First, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including Attorney Costs and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, the L/C Issuers in their capacity as such and the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such, ratably among the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and Swing Line Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause (a) payable to them;

87

(b) Second, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under the Loan Documents (including Attorney Costs and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause (b) payable to them;

(c) Third, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, Unreimbursed Amounts, L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause (c) payable to them;

(d) Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, Unreimbursed Amounts, L/C Borrowings and Swing Line Loans, and payment obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause (d) held by them;

(e) Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit; and

(f) Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Secured Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article IX for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause (e) above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

ARTICLE IX.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

9.01 Appointment and Authority.

(a) Each Lender and L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Wells Fargo Bank to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to

88

connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each Lender (including in its capacity as a Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank, and on behalf of any Affiliate that is now or hereafter a Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank) and L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto (including, without limitation, to enter into additional Loan Documents or supplements to existing Loan Documents on behalf of the Secured Parties). In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Article IX for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article XI (including Section 11.04, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

9.02 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.03 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

89

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or a L/C Issuer.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

9.05 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

90

9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States and shall be a United States person within the meaning of 7701(a)(30) of the Code. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (2) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring Administrative Agent), and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

Any resignation by Wells Fargo Bank as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

91

9.08 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations, Swing Line Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j), 2.09 and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender, L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in any such proceeding.

9.09 Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers. None of Arrangers, Joint Bookrunners, or Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page of this Agreement as a “co-syndication agent,” or “co-documentation agent,” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of such Lenders, those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

9.10 Collateral Matters.

(a) Each Lender and L/C Issuer authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents for the benefit of the Lenders and other Secured Parties. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Loan (or any note evidencing a Loan) by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents and the exercise by the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. The Administrative

92

Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time prior to an Event of Default, to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the Collateral Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

(b) The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(i) to release any Lien granted to or held by the Administrative Agent upon any Collateral and to release any Guaranty (x) upon the full and final payment of the Obligations (other than contingent Obligations for which no claim has been made), termination of the Commitments of all Lenders and L/C Issuers, and termination of all Letters of Credit (or Cash Collateralization thereof as acceptable to the applicable L/C Issuer) or (y) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or all of the Lenders hereunder, to the extent required by Section 11.01),

(ii) to release any Lien on property being sold or otherwise disposed of (to Persons other than the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or a Subsidiary) upon the sale or other disposition thereof in compliance with Section 7.11, or as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Collateral Documents, and

(iii) release the Guaranty of a Subsidiary upon request made by the Borrower if (x) the Borrower has designated such Subsidiary as an Immaterial Subsidiary in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, such Subsidiary is an Immaterial Subsidiary at the time of such release and no Default exists before or would exist immediately after such release, or (y) all of the Equity Interests in such Subsidiary are being Disposed of in a Disposition permitted by Section 7.11.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral or particular Guaranties pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10(b), the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense and upon presentation by the Borrower of a certificate of a Responsible Officer dated the date of the requested release and certifying as to the matters in the foregoing clause (i), (ii) or (iii), as applicable, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release such item of Collateral or such Guaranty, as applicable, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.10(b).

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Lenders or to any other Person to require evidence that or otherwise assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Loan Party or any other grantor of a Lien under the Collateral Documents or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Administrative Agent in this Section 9.10 or in any of the Collateral Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, the Administrative Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given the Administrative Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as one of the Lenders, and that the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

93

9.11 Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements.

(a) Each Hedge Bank and each Cash Management Bank shall be deemed to appoint the Administrative Agent its nominee and agent, and to act for and on behalf of such Affiliate in connection with the Collateral Documents and to be bound by this Article IX.

(b) No Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.02 or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.

ARTICLE X.

CONTINUING GUARANTY OF THE PARENT GUARANTOR

10.01 Guaranty. The Parent Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly with any other guarantors from time to time and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, and as a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely as a guaranty of collection, full and prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations and the punctual performance of all of the terms of the Loan Documents. “Guaranteed Obligations” means (a) the Obligations, and (b) all other advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement or under any Secured Cash Management Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations shall include such indebtedness, obligations, and liabilities which may be or hereafter become unenforceable or shall be an allowed or disallowed claim under any Debtor Relief Laws, and shall include interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws.

The Administrative Agent’s books and records showing the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon the Parent Guarantor, and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, absent manifest error. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Guaranteed Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Guaranteed Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of the Parent Guarantor under this Guaranty, and the Parent Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing, other than a defense of payment or performance.

10.02 Rights of Lenders. The Parent Guarantor consents and agrees that the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Lenders and any other Secured Party may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew,

94

compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Guaranteed Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Lenders and any other Secured Party in their sole discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors of any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parent Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of the Parent Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of the Parent Guarantor.

10.03 Certain Waivers. The Parent Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law (a) any defenses (other than a defense of payment or performance) it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) without limiting Section 10.02, any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise; (iii) any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party; (iv) any claim that the Parent Guarantor’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower or any other Loan Party; (v) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; or (vi) without limiting Section 10.02, the failure of any other Person to Guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations as required pursuant to Section 6.11 or the release or reduction of liability of any other Guarantor; (b) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the Parent Guarantor’s liability hereunder; (c) any right to proceed against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, proceed against or exhaust any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, or pursue any other remedy in the power of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Secured Party whatsoever; (d) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held as security for the Guaranteed Obligations; (e) presentment or protest to, demand of or payment from the Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (f) notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment; and (g) any and all other defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law limiting the liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties. The Parent Guarantor expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Guaranteed Obligations.

10.04 Obligations Independent. The obligations of the Parent Guarantor hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations and the obligations of any other guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against the Parent Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty whether or not the Borrower or any other Person is joined as a party.

95

10.05 Subrogation. The Parent Guarantor shall not exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until Payment In Full. If any amounts are paid to the Parent Guarantor in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender and any other Secured Party and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to reduce the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

10.06 Termination; Reinstatement. This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Guaranteed Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until Payment In Full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party is made, or any of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender or any other Secured Party exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender or any other Secured Party in their discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not any of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender or any other Secured Party are in possession of or have released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of the Parent Guarantor under this Section shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

10.07 Subordination. The Parent Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Loan Party owing to the Parent Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including any obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to the Parent Guarantor as subrogee of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender and any other Secured Party or resulting from the Parent Guarantor’s performance under this Guaranty, to the payment in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations not then due and payable and as to which no claim has been made). So long as an Event of Default exists, if the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders so request, any such obligation or indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to the Parent Guarantor shall be enforced and performance received by the Parent Guarantor as trustee for the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender and any other Secured Party and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Parent Guarantor under this Guaranty.

10.08 Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed in connection with any case commenced by or against the Parent Guarantor or any other Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by the Parent Guarantor immediately upon demand by the Administrative Agent.

96

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

11.01 Amendments, Etc.

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01 or Section 4.02 without the written consent of each Lender;

(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender;

(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, Swing Line Loan or L/C Borrowing, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan, Swing Line Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

(e) change Section 2.13 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) release (i) the Parent Guarantor from its Guaranty or (ii) all or substantially all of the value of the Subsidiary Guarantees under the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (other than as authorized pursuant to Section 9.10), without the consent of each Lender; or

(h) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of transactions, without the consent of each Lender;

and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or duties of any L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it unless in writing and signed by such L/C Issuer, in addition to the Lenders required above; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this

97

Agreement relating to any Swing Line Loan; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) the Fee Letters may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto; and (v) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (or other applicable Loan Party) shall be permitted to amend any provision of the Loan Documents (and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document) if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature in any such provision. In accordance with Section 11.14, the Borrower may replace any Lender that does not consent to any amendment, waiver or other action that requires the consent of all Lenders and that has been consented to by the Required Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that (w) the Commitment (and, where applicable, maturity date) of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender, (x) the principal amount of any obligation, or the amount or rate of interest, owing to such Lender may not be reduced without the consent of such Lender, (y) the provisions of this sentence may not be revised in a manner that would be adverse to such Lender without the consent of such Lender, and (z) any amendment, waiver or consent that would materially adversely affect the rights and obligations of such Lender in a manner that is disproportional to the other Lenders will require the consent of such Lender.

Without the consent of any other Person, the applicable Loan Party or Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent may (in its or their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) enter into any waiver, amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, in each case to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable Law.

11.02 Notices; Electronic Communications.

(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, or to Wells Fargo Bank, as Swing Line Lender or as a L/C Issuer, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.02;

(ii) if to any other L/C Issuer, to it at its address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number separately notified in writing by such L/C Issuer to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent; and

(iii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.

98

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform.

(i) Each Loan Party agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Borrower Materials available to the L/C Issuers and the Lenders by posting the Borrower Materials on the Platform.

(ii) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

99

(d) Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuers and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

11.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement. No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and L/C Issuers; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any L/C Issuer from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 11.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

100

11.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by any L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower. Except with respect to Taxes, which are addressed in Section 3.01 hereof, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in Section 3.01), (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by a L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Loan Party or Subsidiary, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party or Subsidiary, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by a Loan Party or Subsidiary, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if such Loan Party or such Subsidiary has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

101

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), any L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(e).

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

(f) Survival. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent and any L/C Issuer, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of the Obligations.

102

11.05 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

11.06 Successors and Assigns.

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section, and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts.

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in Section 11.06(b)(i)(A), the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative

103

Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and such consent of the Borrower being deemed to have been given by the Borrower unless it objects thereto within five Business Days after having received notice thereof); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.

(ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned.

(iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by Section 11.06(b)(i)(B) and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and such consent of the Borrower being deemed to have been given by the Borrower unless it objects thereto within five Business Days after having received notice thereof) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

(C) the consent of each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B).

(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.

(vii) Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the

104

assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (A) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (B) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, and 11.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

(c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Charlotte, North Carolina, a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers or the Swing Line Lender, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

105

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 11.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 3.01(g)), 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01(g) as though it were a Lender.

(f) Participant Register. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(g) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(h) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

“Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent and each L/C Issuer, and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

106

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(i) Resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender after Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Wells Fargo Bank assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Wells Fargo Bank may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Wells Fargo Bank as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. If Wells Fargo Bank resigns as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of a L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and Section 2.04). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Wells Fargo Bank to effectively assume the obligations of Wells Fargo Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.

11.07 Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates, and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Loan Document or under any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other agreement under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower or any Subsidiary and its or their obligations, this Agreement, or payments hereunder, (g) with the consent of the Borrower, (h) on a confidential basis to (x) any rating agency in connection with rating the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries or the credit facility provided hereunder, or (y) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the credit facility provided hereunder, or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes

publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

107

For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.

11.08 Set-off. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, any such notice being waived by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties (each on its own behalf and on behalf of each Subsidiary) to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other obligations at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or other Loan Party against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or indebtedness or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of a Lender different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such obligation. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

11.09 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted to a Lender by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

108

11.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or other document or writing delivered in connection therewith by facsimile or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

11.11 Integration. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

11.12 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

11.13 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.14 Replacement of Lenders. Under any circumstances set forth herein providing that the Borrower shall have the right to replace a Lender as a party to this Agreement, the Borrower may, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to assign its Commitment (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) pursuant to (and subject to the consents required by) Section 11.06(b) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws and such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under

109

Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts); and provided, further, that if the Borrower elects to exercise such right with respect to any Lender pursuant to Section 3.06(b), it shall be obligated to replace all Lenders that have made similar requests for compensation pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04. Upon the making of any such assignment, the Borrower shall (x) pay in full any amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.05 and (y) provide appropriate assurances and indemnities (which may include letters of credit) to the L/C Issuers as each may reasonably require with respect to any continuing obligation to fund participation interests in any L/C Obligations then outstanding.

11.15 Governing Law.

(a) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

(b) JURISDICTION. THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT COMMENCE ANY ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION, WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER, ANY L/C ISSUER, OR ANY RELATED PARTY OF THE FOREGOING IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATING HERETO OR THERETO, IN ANY FORUM OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY, AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH LOAN PARTY AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(c) WAIVER OF VENUE. THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH LOAN PARTY AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

110

(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH LOAN PARTY AND EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

11.16 Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury. EACH LOAN PARTY AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH LOAN PARTY AND EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

11.17 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent, each Arranger and each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent, nor any Arranger or any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

111

11.18 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.19 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower and the other Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107,56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the Act. The Borrower and the Parent Guarantor shall, and shall cause their Subsidiaries to, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide such documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

11.20 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

112

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC, as Borrower
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, its sole member
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC, its general partner
By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
	Name: Richard J. Doleshek
	Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief
	Financial Officer
QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, as Parent Guarantor
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC, its general partner
By:	/s/ Richard J. Doleshek
	Name: Richard J. Doleshek
	Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief
	Financial Officer

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender, and a Lender
By:	/s/ Leanne S. Phillips
	Name: Leanne S. Phillips
	Title: Director

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender and a L/C Issuer
By:	/s/ Andrew Sidford
	Name: Andrew Sidford
	Title: Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender and a L/C Issuer
By:	/s/ Robert Mendoza
	Name: Robert Mendoza
	Title: Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender and a L/C Issuer
By:	/s/ Justin M. Alexander
	Name: Justin M. Alexander
	Title: Senior Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender and a L/C Issuer
By:	/s/ Marcus M. Tarkington
	Name: Marcus M. Tarkington
	Title: Director
By:	/s/ Dusan Lazarov
	Name: Dusan Lazarov
	Title: Director

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Lender and a L/C Issuer
By:	/s/ Kelly Chin
	Name: Kelly Chin
	Title: Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

BMO HARRIS BANK N.A., as a Lender
By:	/s/ Kevin Utsey
	Name: Kevin Utsey
	Title: Director

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, NEW YORK AGENCY, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Trudy Nelson
	Name: Trudy Nelson
	Title: Managing Director
By:	/s/ Jonathan Kim
	Name: Jonathan Kim
	Title: Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Kristin Oswald
	Name: Kristin Oswald
	Title: Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

COMPASS BANK, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Dorothy Marchand
	Name: Dorothy Marchand
	Title: Executive Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Sharada Manne
	Name: Sharada Manne
	Title: Managing Director
By:	/s/ Michael Willis
	Name: Michael Willis
	Title: Managing Director

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

DNB BANK ASA, GRAND CAYMAN BRANCH, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Kristie Li
	Name: Kristie Li
	Title: First Vice President
By:	/s/ Philip F. Kurpiewski
	Name: Philip F. Kurpiewski
	Title: Senior Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

FIFTH THIRD BANK, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Helen Wiggins
	Name: Helen Wiggins
	Title: Assistant Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Brett R. Schweikle
	Name: Brett R. Schweikle
	Title: Senior Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

SUN TRUST BANK, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Shannon Juhan
	Name: Shannon Juhan
	Title: Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., as a Lender
By:	/s/ Sherwin Brandford
	Name: Sherwin Brandford
	Title: Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

TORONTO DOMINION (NEW YORK) LLC, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Masood Fikree
	Name: Masood Fikree
	Title: Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

AMEGY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Kevin Donaldson
	Name: Kevin Donaldson
	Title: Senior Vice Predient

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY, as a Lender
By:	/s/ James Giordano
	Name: James Giordano
	Title: Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

COMERICA BANK, as a Lender
By:	/s/ V. Mark Fuqua
	Name: V. Mark Fuqua
	Title: Senior Vice President

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

EXPORT DEVELOPMENT CANADA, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Anna Kane
	Name: Anna Kane
	Title: Senior Associate
By:	/s/ Joanne Tognarelli
	Name: Joanne Tognarelli
	Title: Senior Financing Manager

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Mark Walton
	Name: Mark Walton
	Title: Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, NY BRANCH, as a Lender
By:	/s/ Shuji Yabe
	Name: Shuji Yabe
	Title: Managing Director

Signature Page to the

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

SCHEDULE 2.01

COMMITMENTS

AND PRO RATA SHARES

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC Credit Agreement

Lender	Commitment		Pro Rata Share
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association	$	28,500,000		5.700	%
Citibank, N.A.	$	27,500,000		5.500	%
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.	$	27,500,000		5.500	%
U.S. Bank National Association	$	27,500,000		5.500	%
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch	$	26,000,000		5.200	%
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.	$	26,000,000		5.200	%
BMO Harris Bank N.A.	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
Capital One, National Association	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
Compass Bank	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
DNB Bank ASA, Grand Cayman Branch	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
Fifth Third Bank	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
PNC Bank, National Association	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
SunTrust Bank	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
Toronto Dominion (New York) LLC	$	23,000,000		4.600	%
Amegy Bank National Association	$	14,000,000		2.800	%
Branch Banking and Trust Company	$	14,000,000		2.800	%
Comerica Bank	$	14,000,000		2.800	%
Export Development Canada	$	14,000,000		2.800	%
Goldman Sachs Bank USA	$	14,000,000		2.800	%
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, NY Branch	$	14,000,000		2.800	%
Total	$	500,000,000.00		100.000000000	%

Schedule 2.01

SCHEDULE 2.04

SWING LINE RATE CALCULATION

The rate of interest for a Swing Line Loan shall be (a) the “ASK” rate for Federal Funds appearing on Page 5 of the Dow Jones Market Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of the offer rates applicable to Federal Funds for a term of one Business Day) at the time reviewed by the Administrative Agent plus (b) the Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Rate Loans. In the event that part (a) of such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then part (a) of such rate will be the rate agreed to between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. The Borrower understands and agrees that the rate quoted from Page 5 of the Dow Jones Market Service is a real-time rate that changes from time to time. The rate quoted by the Administrative Agent and used for the purpose of setting the interest rate for a Swing Line Loan will be the rate on the screen of the Administrative Agent at the time of setting the rate and will not be an average or composite of rates for that day.

Schedule 2.04

SCHEDULE 5.09

LABOR DISPUTES

AND ACTS OF GOD

None.

Schedule 5.09

SCHEDULE 5.12

SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND OTHER EQUITY INVESTMENTS

a. Subsidiaries.

• QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC (100% owned by QEP Midstream Partners, LP)

• QEPM Gathering I, LLC (100% owned by QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC)

• Rendezvous Pipeline Company, LLC (100% owned by QEPM Gathering I, LLC)

• Rendezvous Gas Services, L.L.C. (78% owned by QEPM Gathering I, LLC)

b. Other Equity Interests.

• Three Rivers Gathering, LLC (50% owned by QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC)

Schedule 5.12

SCHEDULE 5.19

INSURANCE

See attached.

Schedule 5.19

INSURANCE SUMMARY 2013 Automobile Liability $1,000,000 Liability -Any Auto (Symbol 1) $1,000 Collision/Comprehensive Deductible for National Union Fire Insurance Company of $ 3,000 Utah—Personal Injury Protection Hired Autos Only (Symbol 8) Pittsburgh, PA (Medical Expense) Best Rating: A XV $ 1,500 Utah—Funeral Expenses £ 3,000 Utah—Survivor Loss Policy No. CA1574461 Policy Term: October 1; 2012-2D13 Workers Compensation/Employers Liability Workers Compensation New Hampshire Insurance Company Statutory Best Rating: AAV Employers Liability Policy No. WC025889584 $1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Accident; Each 3100,000 Each Accident or Each Person for PolicyTerm: October 1, 2012—2013 Accident Disease $1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease; Policy 3100,000 Each Accident or Each Person for Limit Disease $1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease; Each 3100,000 Each Accident or Each Person for Employee Disease Commercial General Liability $1,000,000 Each Occurrence Limit Nil National Union Fire Insurance Company of $1,000,000 Damage to Premises Rented to 31,000 Employee Benefits Liability Pittsburgh, PA You Limit; Any One Premise Beet Rating: A XV $ 5,000 Medical Expense Limit, Any One Person Policy No. GL1949962 $ 1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury Limit; PolicyTerm: October 1, 2012-2013 Any One Person or Organization £10,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $ 2,000.000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Limit

Schedule 5.19

S25MM Umbrella Liability $25,000,000 Occurrence Commercial General Liability American Guarantee & Liability Insurance $25,000,000 Other Aggregate $1,000,000 Each Occurrence Company $25,000,000 Products/Completed Operations $2,000,000 Products-Completed Operations Best Rating: A+ XV Aggregate Aggregate $ 250,000 Casualty Business Crisis $2,000,000 General Aggregate Policy No. UMB6692611 02 Aggregate Limit $ 1,000,000 Personal Injury Advertising Injury Policy Term: October 1. 2012—2013 $1,000,000 Employee Benefits Liability—Each Claim $ 1,000,000 Employee Benefits Liability - Aggregate Commercial Auto Liability $ 1,000,000 Bodily Injury & Property Damage Combined Single Limit Employers Liability $ 1,000,000 Bodily Injury By Accident; Each Accident $ 1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease; Policy Limit $ 1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease; Each Employee $10,000 Retained Limit; Occurrence 1st Layer Excess Liability—$25MM xs S25MM $25,000,000 Each Occurrence Limit Underlying Limits of Insurance: Alterra America Insurance Company $25,000,000 Aggregate (where applicable) $25,000,000 Each Occurrence Best Rating: A XV $25,000,000 Aggregate (where applicable) Policy No. MAX6XL0000395 Policy Term: October 1, 2012—2013

Schedule 5.19

2nd Layer Excess Liability—S25MM xs S50MM $25,000,000 Per Occurrence, Per Claim or Per Limits of Underlying Policy Ironshore Specialty Insurance Company Loss (as in Controlling underlying 850,000,000 Per Occurrence, Per Claim or Per Best Rating: A-XIII Policy) Loss $25,000,000 Aggregate (where applicable) $50,000,000 Aggregate (where applicable) Policy No. 000734502 Policy Term: October 1, 2012—2013 3rd Excess Liability—S25MM xs S75MM $25,000,000 Each Occurrence First Underlying Insurance Policy(ies) Starr Surplus Lines Insurance Company $25,000,000 Annual Aggregate(s), Where Lead Umbrella Best Rating: A XV Applicable $25,000,000 Each Occurrence $25,000,000 General Aggregate Policy No. SLSLXNR03001912 $25,000,000 Products/Completed Ops. Agg. xs Policy Term: October 1, 2012—2013 of primary(ies) $ 10,000 Self Insured Retention Additional Underlying Insurance Policy(ies) 1st Excess $25,000,000 Each Occurrence $25,000,000 General Aggregate $25,000,000 Products/Completed Ops. Agg. xs of American Guarantee 2nd Excess $25,000,000 Each Occurrence $25,000,000 General Aggregate $25,000,000 Products/Completed Ops. Agg. xs

Schedule 5.19

4th Excess Liability—S25MM xs $100MM $25,000,000 Policy General Aggregate Controlling Underlying Insurance Arch Insurance Company $25,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Lead Umbrella Best Rating: A+XV Aggregate $25,000,000 Each Occurrence/Each Offense $25,000,000 Each Occurrence Limit $25,000,000 General Aggregate Policy No. EEO 0040824 02 $25,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Policy Term: October 1, 2012—2013 Aggregate Other Underlying Insurance 1st Excess $25,000,000 Each Occurrence $25,000,000 General Aggregate $25,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate 2nd Excess $25,000,000 Each Occurrence $25,000,000 General Aggregate $25,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate 3rd Excess $25,000,000 Each Occurrence $25,000,000 General Aggregate $25,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

Schedule 5.19

5th Layer Excess Liability—$25MM xs $125MM $25,000,000 Limit in all in respect of each Schedule of Underlying Insurances Gotham Insurance Company through Prosight occurrence Primary Specialty Insurance $25,000,000 Limit in the aggregate for each $ 1,000,000 Employers Liability Best Rating: A IX annual period $ 1,000,000 General Liability $ 1,000,000 Auto Liability Policy No. ML10169312 $ 10,000,000 Aircraft Liability Policy Term: October 1, 2012-2013 Excess Liability $25MM xs Primary Umbrella Excess Liability $25MM xs $50MM 2nd Layer Excess Liability $25MM xs $75MM 3rd Layer Excess Liability $50MM xs $100MM 4th Layer 6th Layer Excess Liability—S25MM xs S150MM $25,000,000 Each Occurrence Limit Schedule of Underlying Insurances Axis Surplus Insurance Company through Swett $25,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $25,000,000 Umbrella Liability & Crawford of Georgia, Inc. $25,000,000 Products/Completed Operations $25,000,000 Excess Liability Best Rating: A XV Aggregate Limit $25,000,000 Excess Liability $25,000,000 Excess Liability Policy No. EAU755348012012 $25,000,000 Excess Liability Policy Term: October 1, 2012—2013 $25,000,000 Excess Liability 7th Layer Excess Liability—S25MM xs S175MM $25,000,000 Each Occurrence Limit Schedule of Retained Amounts: Lexington Insurance Company through Risk $25,000,000 General Aggregate Limit Followed Policy: American Guarantee Specialists Companies Insurance Agency, Inc. $25,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Primary Umbrella Best Rating: A XV Aggregate Limit October 1, 2012—2013 TOTAL OCCURRENCE LIMITS OF INSURANCE Policy No. 021375503 OF ALL UNDERLYING POLICIES IN EXCESS Policy Term: October 1, 2012 2013 OF WHICH THIS POLICY APPLIES: | S176,OOa,qaO. Sunset Clause Excluded.

Schedule 5.19

Property — Domestic $300,000,000 Any One Accident or Occurrence Property Policy Term: April 1, 2013—October 1, 2014 $2,500,000 Per Occurrence, but Physical Damage/BI 67% Sublimits: $1,000,000 Builders Risk/Course of Terrorism 38.5% S 50,000,000 Flood Zones A & V Aggregate Construction Projects valued Company Policy No. $150,000,000 Terrorism under $25MM AEGIS P05265101P $ 20,000,000 Transit Liberty Mutual Insurance Co. 3DAADNMI003 $ 5,000,000 Electrical Transmission & Distribution Transit ACE American Insurance Co. EPRN09150122 Lines $ 250,000(excluding Ocean Marine) Energy Insurance Mutual 310680-13GP $ 1,000,000 Professional Fees Ascot Lloyd’s Syndicate 1414 PK13EP933T3X $ 1,000,000 Seepage and Pollution Aggregate Validus Lloyd’s Syndicate 1183 AJN141111B13 $ 5,000,000 Debris Removal $ 1,000,000 Fire Fighting Materials $ 25,000,000 Course of Construction $ 20,000,000 Bylaws and Regulations $ 50,000,000 Automatic Acquisitions $ 10,000,000 Valuable Papers and Records $ 5,000,000 Fine Arts $150,000,000 CBI—Direct Named Customers/Suppliers $ 10,000,000 CBI—Unnamed Customers/Suppliers $ 5,000,000 Advance Loss of Profits $ 5,000,000 Rental Value $ 5,000,000 Leasehold Interest $ 5,000,000 Off Premises Power $ 25,000,000 Extra Expenses $ 25,000,000 Expediting Expenses $ 50,000,000 EDP Equipment and Media $ 25,000,000 Miscellaneous Unnamed Locations $ 1,000,000 Land Improvements $ 15,000,000 Pipelines—Rivers Crossings, PD Only $ 10,000,000 Pipelines-Underground PD Only

Schedule 5.19

Property — London 3300,000,000 Any One Accident or Occurrence Property Policy Term: April 1, 2O13—October 1, 201 4 $ 2,5OO,000 Per Occurrence, but Physical Damage/BI 33% Sublirnits: S1.0OO.OOO Per Occurrence in respect of all Terrorism 61.5% S15O.OOO.OOO Flood Zones A & V Aggregate Builders Risk Projects Policy No. S15O.OOO.OOO Terrorism Property E1307870 S 2O.OOO.OOO Transit Transit Terrorism E1307871 S 5.000.OOO Electrical Transmission & Distribution S 250,OOO(excluding Ocean Marine) Companies Lines Lloyd’s Syndicate COF 1036 S 1,000,000 Professional Fees Houston Casualty Company S 1,000,OOO Seepage and Pollution Aggregate Lloyd’s Syndicate AFB 2623 S 5,000,OOO Debris Removal Lloyd’s Syndicate AFB 0623 S 1,000,OOO Fire Fighting Materials Swiss Re International SE S 25,000,OOO Course of Construction Lloyd’s Syndicate WTK O457 S 2O,OOO,OOO Bylaws and Regulations Lloyd’s Syndicate AMA 1200 S 50,000,OOO Automatic Acquisitions Lloyd’s Syndicate BRT 2987 S 1O,OOO,OOO Valuable Papers and Records S 5,000,000 Fine Arts S1 SO,000,OOO CBI—Direct Named Customers/Suppliers S 10,OOO,000 CBI—Unnamed Customers/Suppliers S 5,OOO,000 Advance Loss of Profits S 5,OOO,000 Rental Value S 5,OOO,000 Leasehold Interest S 5,OOO,000 Off Premises Power S 25,000,000 Extra Expenses S 25,000,000 Expediting Expenses S 50,OOO,000 EDP Equipment and Media S 25,OOO,000 Miscellaneous Unnamed Locations S 1,OOO,000 Land Improvements S 15,OOO,000 Pipelines — Rivers Crossings, PD Only $ 10,OOO,000 Pipelines — Underground PD Only Transit $250,000 (exluding Ocean Marine)

Schedule 5.19

Policy Term: April 1, 2O1 3 — October 1, 2O1 4 Deductibles apply as per primary layer Company Policy No. $ 5O,OOO,OOO Any One Accident or Occurrence AEGIS (1OO%) PO52651O1 P Excess of $300,000,000 Any One Accident or Occurrence Sublimits apply as per primary layer

Schedule 5.19

SCHEDULE 7.05

INVESTMENTS ON THE EXECUTION DATE AND THE CLOSING DATE

See Schedule 5.12.

Schedule 7.05

SCHEDULE 11.02

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OFFICE,

CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC:

QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC

1050 17th Street

Suite 500

Denver, CO 80265

Attention: Richard J. Doleshek, Chief Financial Officer

Email: Richard.doleshek@qepres.com

Fax: (303) 308-3639

Phone: (303) 640-4242

With a copy to: Rod H. Larsen

Email: rod.larsen@qepres.com

Fax: (303) 308-3639

Phone: (303) 640-4261

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

Administrative Agent’s Office

(for payments and Requests for Borrowings):

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

1525 W WT Harris Blvd

1st Floor

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-8522

Attention: Keisha Dockery

Telephone: 704-590-2770

Facsimile: 704-590-2782

Electronic Mail: keisha.m.dockery@wellsfargo.com

Other Notices as Administrative Agent:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

1525 W WT Harris Blvd

1st Floor

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-8522

Attention: Keisha Dockery

Telephone: 704-590-2770

Facsimile: 704-590-2782

Electronic Mail: keisha.m.dockery@wellsfargo.com

WELLS FARGO BANK AS L/C ISSUER:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

1525 W WT Harris Blvd

1st Floor

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-8522

Attention: Keisha Dockery

Schedule 11.02

Telephone: 704-590-2770

Facsimile: 704-590-2782

Electronic Mail: keisha.m.dockery@wellsfargo.com

SWING LINE LENDER:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

1525 W WT Harris Blvd

1st Floor

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-8522

Attention: Keisha Dockery

Telephone: 704-590-2770

Facsimile: 704-590-2782

Electronic Mail: keisha.m.dockery@wellsfargo.com

Schedule 11.02

EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF LOAN NOTICE

Date:                     ,        

To: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), QEP Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, each Lender and L/C Issuer from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The undersigned hereby requests (select one):

¨ A Borrowing of Loans                                              ¨ A conversion or continuation of Loans

1. On                                              (a Business Day).

2. In the amount of $                    .

3. Comprised of                                         .

[Type of Loan requested]

4. For Eurodollar Rate Loans: with an Interest Period of -            [month(s) / week(s)].

The Borrowing requested herein complies with the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.01 of the Agreement.

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, its sole member
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC, its general partner
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Exhibit A-1

Page 1

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE

Date:                     ,         

To: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), QEP Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, each Lender and L/C Issuer from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The undersigned hereby requests a Swing Line Loan:

1. On                                     (a Business Day).

2. In the amount of $                    .

3. With a Swing Line Rate equal to [the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans] [the rate established as provided on Schedule 2.04].

The Swing Line Borrowing requested herein complies with the requirements of the provisos to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a) of the Agreement.

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, its sole member
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC, its general partner
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Exhibit A-2

Page 1

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF NOTE

[                    ], 20[    ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to                     or registered assigns (the “Lender”), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, QEP Midstream Partners, LP, each Lender and L/C Issuer from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.

Exhibit B

Page 1

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, its sole member
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC, its general partner

By:
	Name:
	Title:

Exhibit B

Page 2

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Financial Statement Date:             

To: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), QEP Midstream Partners, LP (the “Parent Guarantor”), each Lender and L/C Issuer from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The undersigned Responsible Officer of the Parent Guarantor and Responsible Officer of the Borrower hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the                      of each of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to the Administrative Agent on the behalf of the Parent Guarantor and behalf of the Borrower, and that:

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements]

1. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the year-end audited financial statements required by Section 6.01(a) and the reconciliation, if required, by Section 6.01(d)(i) of the Agreement for the fiscal year of the Parent Guarantor ended as of the above date, together with the report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant required by such section.

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements]

1. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the unaudited financial statements required by Section 6.01(b) and the reconciliation, if required, by Section 6.01(d)(i) of the Agreement for the fiscal quarter of the Parent Guarantor ended as of the above date. Such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as at such date and for such period, subject only to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

2. The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and the Parent Guarantor during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.

3. A review of the activities of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period the Borrower and the Parent Guarantor performed and observed all their Obligations under the Loan Documents, and

[select one:]

Exhibit C

Page 1

[to the best knowledge of the undersigned, there is no condition or event at the end of such fiscal period or at the time of this certificate which constitutes a Default.]

—or—

[to the best knowledge of the undersigned, at the end of such fiscal period, or on the date of this certificate, the following conditions and events constitute a Default and their nature and period of existence are specified below:]

4. The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.

5. [Attached hereto as Schedule 3 are updating changes to the Schedules to the Security Agreement.] The Schedules to the Security Agreement, [as amended by Schedule 3] attached hereto, are accurate and complete in all material respects.

6. During the fiscal quarter ending on the above date,

[no Loan Party or Material Subsidiary acquired any Material Real Property on which a Lien is required to be created pursuant to Section 6.11(c) of the Credit Agreement.]

—or—

[Material Real Property was acquired by a Loan Party or a Material Subsidiary, consisting of [include general description].]

Exhibit C

Page 2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of             , 20        .

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP
By:	QEP Midstream Partners GP, LLC, its general partner

By:
	Name:
	Title:

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, its sole member
By:	QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC, its general partner

By:
	Name:
	Title:

Exhibit C

Page 3

FORM OF SCHEDULE 1 TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE 1

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Financial Statements

[To be attached]

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

FORM OF SCHEDULE 2 TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE 2

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

For the Quarter/Year ended                    , 20     (“Statement Date”)

($ in 000’s)

[To be attached]

Schedule 2 to Compliance Certificate

FORM OF SCHEDULE 3 TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE 3

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Updates to Schedules to the Security Agreement

[To be attached]

Schedule 3 to Compliance Certificate

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (this “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “Assignor”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the credit facility under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, the Letters of Credit) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

1. Assignor:                                              

2. Assignee:                                               [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of

[identify Lender]

3. Borrower: QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC

4. Administrative Agent: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

5. Credit Agreement: Credit Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, among QEP Midstream Partners Operating, LLC, QEP Midstream Partners, LP, each Lender and L/C Issuer from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

6. Assigned Interest:

Amount of Commitment/Loans for all Lenders :	$
Amount of Commitment/Loans Assigned:	$
Percentage Assigned of Commitment:	$
CUSIP Number :	$

Exhibit D

Page 1

[7. Trade Date:                             ]

Effective Date:                     , 20     [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:
	Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:
	Title:

[Consented to and] Accepted:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent

By:

Title:

[Consented to:]

QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC

By: QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, its sole member

By: QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS GP, LLC, its general partner

By:

Name:

Title:

Exhibit D

Page 2

ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

[                              ]

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1. Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary; to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (vi) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Annex I to Exhibit D

2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

Annex I to Exhibit D

EXHIBIT E -1

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC, as Borrower, QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, as Guarantor, WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, and each Lender and L/C Issuer from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
	Date:                          , 20[    ]

Exhibit E-1

Page 1

EXHIBIT E -2

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC, as Borrower, QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, as Guarantor, WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, and each Lender and L/C Issuer from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
	Date:                          , 20[    ]

Exhibit E-2

Page 1

EXHIBIT E -3

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC, as Borrower, QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, as Guarantor, WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, and each Lender and L/C Issuer from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
	Date:                          , 20[    ]

Exhibit E-3

Page 1

EXHIBIT E -4

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS OPERATING, LLC, as Borrower, QEP MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, as Guarantor, WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, and each Lender and L/C Issuer from time to time party thereto.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:
	Name:
	Title:
	Date:                          , 20[    ]

Exhibit E-4

Page 1